Asus P5WDG2 WS Professional User Manual
Motherboard P5WDG2 WS Professional
ii ii ii ii ii E2703 E2703 E2703 E2703 E2703 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 July 2006 July 2006 July 2006 July 2006 July 2006 Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair, modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âAS ISâ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe.
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................ vi Safety information ............................................................................. vii About this guide ............................................................................... viii P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary .............................. x Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Intelligence (AI) features .............................. 1-5 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ................................................. 2-3 2.2.4 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-4 2.2.5 Layout contents ..................................................... 2-5 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-7 2.3.1 Installing the CPU .................................................... 2-8 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ...................... 2-10 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .................. 2-12 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-14 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-14 2.4.2 Memory configurations ......................................... 2-14 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-20 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 2-20 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-21 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-21 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-21 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-22 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots ........................................... 2-23 2.5.5 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-23 2.5.6 PCI-X slots ............................................................ 2-23 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-28 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-31 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-31 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-34
iv iv iv iv iv Contents Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Turning off the computer ..................................................... 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ........................................... 4-5 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility ........................................................ 4-6 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Navigation keys .................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-13 4.2.8 Scroll bar .............................................................. 4-13 4.2.9 General help .......................................................... 4-13 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-14 4.3.4 Language .............................................................. 4-14 4.3.5 Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave ........ 4-15 4.3.6 IDE Configuration .................................................. 4-16 4.3.7 System Information .............................................. 4-18 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-19 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-19 4.4.2 LAN Cable Status ................................................. 4-23 4.4.3 USB Configuration ................................................. 4-24 4.4.4 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-26 4.4.5 Chipset ................................................................. 4-28 4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-30 4.4.7 PCI PnP ................................................................. 4-32
v v v v v Contents 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.5.1 Suspend Mode ...................................................... 4-33 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume ................................ 4-33 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support .................................................. 4-33 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-34 4.5.5 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-34 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-36 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-38 4.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 4-39 4.6.3 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-39 4.6.4 Security ................................................................ 4-41 4.7 Tools ................................................................................... 4-44 4.7.1 EZ Flash 2 ............................................................. 4-44 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile .................................................. 4-45 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-47 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-6 5.2.6 Contact information ............................................... 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ................................................... 5-7 5.3 Software information ......................................................... 5-11 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................. 5-11 5.3.2 AI NET2 ................................................................ 5-13 5.3.3 AI Gear .................................................................. 5-14 5.3.4 AI Nap ................................................................... 5-16 5.3.5 AI Booster ............................................................. 5-17 5.3.6 ASUS PC Probe II ................................................... 5-18 5.3.7 SoundMAX ® High Definition Audio utility .............. 5-24 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-29 5.4.1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks ............................. 5-30 5.4.2 Intel® RAID configurations ................................... 5-30 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-41
vi vi vi vi vi Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel ® EM64T ........................................................................ A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) .................... A-1 A.3 Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology ...................................... A-3
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This user guide contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Typography Typography Typography Typography Typography Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Command Command Command Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iWDG2WSP.ROM
xi xi xi xi xi P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN LGA775 socket for Intel ® Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium ® D/ Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® CPU support Intel ® Presler 65nm Dual core CPU support Intel ® next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU support Compatible with Intel ® 05B/05A and 04B/04A processors Supports Intel EIST/EM64T/Hyper-Threading Technology Northbridge: Intel ® 975X Express Memory Controller Hub (MCH) Southbridge: Intel ® ICH7R PCI-X Bridge: Intel ® 6702PXH (PXH-V) 1066/800/533 MHz Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support up to 8 GB system memory unbufferred ECC/non-ECC DDR2 667/ 533 MHz memory modules Native DDR2 800 support 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots for discrete graphics cards 2 x PCI-X ® slots 2 x PCI 2.2 slots Supports ATI CrossFire⢠graphics cards Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge supports: - 1 x IDE connector for up to two Ultra DMA 100/66/33 hard disks - 4 x Serial ATA I/II 3.0 Gb/s hard disks with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 configuration - Intel ® Matrix Storage Technology Marvell ® 88SE614x Serial ATA controller supports: - 4 x Serial ATA I/II 3.0 Gb/s hard disks Marvell ® 88E80 52 88E8001 Dual Gigabit LAN controllers - Support teaming function High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio High definition audio, ADI ® AD1988B SoundMax 7.1 channel CODEC Supports Multi-streaming, Jack-sensing, and Jack-retasking functions Coaxial and optical S/PDIF out ports
xii xii xii xii xii P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary T1 1394a controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a ports Supports up to 8 USB 2.0 ports ASUS AI NET2 ASUS AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Q-Fan2 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS CPU Lock Free AI Quiet ASUS PEG Link 2 (automatic performance tuning for single/dual graphics cards) Precision Tweaker Stack Cool 2 patented fanless cooling technology 8-Phase Power Design Stepless Frequency Selection (SFS) allows FSB tuning from 200 MHz up to 450 MHz at 1 MHz increment Adjustable CPU, memory, and PCI Express x16 voltage 8 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, Green PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, ACPI 2.0a, SM BIOS 2.3 WOL by PME, WOR by PME, chassis intrusion, PXE, AI NET2 ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 2 x 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12V 2.0 or later standard compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm) IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a USB USB USB USB USB ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special features features features features features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Pow Pow Pow Pow Pow er er er er er Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary 1 x PS/2 mouse port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x Parallel port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) ports 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 1 x Optical S/PDIF Out port 1 x eSATA port 4 x USB 2.0 ports (5 x USB ports for optional Wi-Fi edition) 8-Channel audio ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x Primary IDE connector 4 x ICH7R Serial ATA connectors 4 x Marvell ® 88SE61x Serial ATA RAID connectors 1 x Optical drive audio connector 1 x Front panel audio connector 2 x USB connectors for four additional USB 2.0 ports 2 x IEEE 1394a port connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x CPU fan connector 2 x Chassis fan connectors 1 x Power fan connector 1 x Serial port (COM1) connector EATX power connectors (24-pin and 2 x 4-pin) System panel connector Device drivers BIOS Flash Utility under DOS ASUS AI Booster ASUS Update ASUS PC Probe 2 Symantec NIS 2006 Microsoft ® DirectX 9.0c Adobe ® Acrobat Reader ® RAID Utility *Specifications are subject to change without notice. Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS ® ® ® ® ® P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional Workstation Workstation Workstation Workstation Workstation motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional motherboard I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules 1 x IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0/GAME module 1 x COM1 module Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x 2-in-1 FDD/ATA/Logo Pull cable 8 x Serial ATA signal cables 4 x Serial ATA power cables for up to 8 devices Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield 1 x Wi-Fi antenna (optional) Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 775-pin surface mount Land Grid Array (LGA) socket designed for the Intel ® Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® /Pentium ® D/ Pentium ® Processor Extreme Edition in the 775-land package with 1066/ 800/533 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB). The motherboard also supports the Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology and is fully compatible with Intel ® 05B/ 05A and 04B/04A processors. See page 2-7 for details. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support This motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® D/Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® dual-core processors built on the 65-nanometer (nm) process technology with copper interconnect. Dual-core processors contain two physical CPU cores with dedicated L2 caches to meet demands for more powerful processing. Intel ® âs 65nm process is the most advanced chip manufacturing technology, delivering breakthrough performance, enhanced media experience, and low power consumption. Intel ® 65nm dual-core processors utilize the latest package technologies for a thinner, lighter design without compromising performance. This motherboard also supports Intel ® next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU. This motherboard supports the latest Intel ® Coreâ¢2 processors in LGA775 package. With new Intel ® Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1066/800 MHz FSB, Intel ® Coreâ¢2 processor is one of the most powerful and enrgy-efficient CPUs in the world. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset The Intel ® 975X Express Memory Controller Hub (MCH) and the ICH7R I/O controller hub provide the vital interfaces for the motherboard. The Intel ® 975X Express is the latest chipset designed to support Dual PCI Express graphics, along with the maximum 8 GB dual-channel DDR2 800/667/533 MHz, 1066/800/533 FSB, and dual-core CPU. The MCH also supports the Intel ® Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) that boosts system performance. The Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge integrates four Serial ATA I/II connectors enabled through the Serial ATA 3 Gb/s RAID controller to ensure data security and enable powerful multi-task processing.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) The Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) intelligently manages the CPU resources by automatically adjusting the CPU voltage and core frequency depending on the CPU loading and system speed or power requirement. See page 4-26 and the Appendix for details. DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory, which features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 10.7 GB/s. See page 2-14 for details. PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X ® ® ® ® ® interface interface interface interface interface The motherboard supports PCI-X, the new and improved version of the previous PCI standard. PCI-X offers faster data transfers and enhanced system reliability with ECC automatic single-bit error recovery and double-bit error detection. PCI-X, which is backward- compatible with PCI-based hardware and software, enables users to keep pace with upcoming advances in high-bandwidth, business-critical applications such as Fiber Channel, RAID, InfiniBrand⢠Architecture, and iSCSI. See page 2-2 3 for details. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® EM64T EM64T EM64T EM64T EM64T The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPUs with the Intel ® EM64T (Extended Memory 64 Technology). The Intel ® EM64T feature allows your computer to run on 64-bit operating systems and access larger amounts of system memory for faster and more efficient computing. See the Appendix for details. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) The Intel ® MPT increases system-level and standard operating performance by optimizing memory access between CPU and system memory.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio Onboard is the ADI AD1988B High Definition Audio 8-channel audio CODEC. This CODEC is fully-compliant with Intel ® High Definition Audio standard (192 KHz, 24-bit audio). With the CODEC, 8-channel audio ports, and S/ PDIF interfaces, you can connect your computer to home theater decoders to produce crystal-clear digital audio. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The motherboard supports the IEEE 1394a interface that provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to IEEE 1394a standards. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple , low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-33 and 2-38 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF technology through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 2-33 for details. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-2 3 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-33 and 2-38 for details.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with dual Gigabit LAN controllers to provide the total solution for your networking needs. These network controllers use the PCI Express segment to provide faster data bandwidth for your wired or wireless Internet, LAN, and file sharing requirements. See page 2-32 for details. 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology The motherboard supports the Serial ATA 3 Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the Intel ® 975X Express MCH chipset. The Serial ATA 3 Gb/s specification provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products with a host of new features, including Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, and Hot Swap. Serial ATA allows thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage requirements. See pages 2-35 and 2-36 for details. ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components by 20ºC. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate. See page 2-3 for details. Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) [optional] [optional] [optional] [optional] [optional] The Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a secure microcontroller hardware component with embedded software. The motherboard implements the optional module to provide the first link in the chain of trust, providing convenient single sign-on to systems and enable digital signatures for secure transactions.See page 2-43 for details. AI Quiet AI Quiet AI Quiet AI Quiet AI Quiet The ASUS AI Quiet function dynamically controls CPU speed and reduces temperature and fan speeds, thus minimizing noise and ensuring quiet operation. See page 4-35 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free This feature allows you to adjust the CPU multiplier to 14x. Setting the appropriate BIOS setting automatically reduces the CPU multiplier value for more flexibility when increasing external FSB. See page 4-20 for details. 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 eliminates the bottleneck when overclocking both the CPU and the memory, thus maximizing performance for 3D graphics and other system-intensive applications. See pages 2-16 and 4-20 for details. AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking This feature allows convenient overclocking up to 30 percent (depending on the installed CPU and DRAM) to enhance system performance while still maintaining system stability. See page 4-19 to set the BIOS items for overclocking. AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port. During the bootup process, AI NET2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See pages 4-23 and 5-13 for details. PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode This feature enhances your PCI Express graphics card performance by allowing the motherboard to automatically adjust the PCI Express graphics link mode to the correct frequency based on the system configuration. Four additional settings are available for overclocking the PEG Link Mode. See page 4-28 for details.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology The ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-35 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow easier and faster configuration. See page 4-14 for details. ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See pages 4-38 and 5-11 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See page 4-9 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS With the ASUS EZ Flash 2, you can easily update the system BIOS even before loading the operating system. No need to use a DOS-based utility or boot from a floppy disk. See page 4-5 for details.
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-7 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-14 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-21 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-28 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-30
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity. ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information P5WDG2-WS PRO ® 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 The motherboard comes with the ASUS Stack Cool 2 cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components by 20ºC. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate.
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout The Wireless LAN module and the USB port on the module are optional items and are grayed out in the above illustration. P ANEL P5WDG2-WS PRO ® AAFP CHASSIS 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_F AN DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) LAN1_USB12 CHA_FAN1 FLOPPY Super I/O 8Mb BIOS TSB43AB22A PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Ke yboard P ARALLEL PORT SPDIF_O1 SPDIF_O2 LAN2_USB34 CD PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_2 PCI1 PCI2 CLRTC USB56 S ATA1 E S ATA SB_PWR EA TXPWR PRI_IDE CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CHA_FAN2 AUDIO Marvell ® 88E8001 COM1 EA TX12V LGA775 Intel ® 975X MCH IE1394_1 PWR_F AN USB78 PCIX_1 PCIX_2 S ATA3 S ATA2 S ATA4 EXT_SA T A3 Marvell ® 88SE614x Intel ® ICH7R Intel ® 6702PXH (PXH-V) PCIX_SPEED TPM EXT_SA T A2 EXT_SAT A1 IE1394_2 AD1988B Marvell ® 88E8052
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 Layout contents Layout contents Layout contents Layout contents Layout contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-14 2. PCI Express x16 slots 2-23 3. PCI slots 2-23 4. PCI -X slots 2-23 Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-28 2. PCIX speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) 2-29 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-30 2. Parallel port 2-30 3. LAN1 (RJ-45) port 2-30 4. LAN2 (RJ-45) port 2-30 5. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-31 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-31 7. Line In port (light blue) 2-31 8. Line Out port (lime) 2-31 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-31 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-31 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-31 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-31 13. External ATA port 2-32 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-32 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-32 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-32
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-33 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-33 3. ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], 2-34 SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) 4. Marvell ® 88SE614x Serial ATA connectors 2-35 (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) 5. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-36 6. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-36 7. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 [optional] ) 2-37 8. IEEE 1394a port connectors (10-1 pin IE1394_1[Re d]; 10-1 pin IE1394_2 [Red]) 2-37 9. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-38 10. CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 2-39 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 11. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-40 12 . ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x 4-pin E ATX12V) 2-40 13. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) 2-42 14. System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) 2-43 ⢠System power LED ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED ⢠System warning speaker ⢠ATX power button/soft-off button ⢠Reset button
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel ® Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® /Intel ® Pentium ® D processor in the 775-land package. This motherboard also supports the Intel ® Pentium ® Processor Extreme Edition, the latest CPU with embedded dual physical cores and Hyper-Threading technology, making four CPU threads possible. Refer to the table below for the operating system support status. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/ transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. OS licensing support list OS licensing support list OS licensing support list OS licensing support list OS licensing support list Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Pentium Pentium Pentium Pentium Pentium ® ® ® ® ® Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Edition Edition Edition Edition Edition (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading Technology Technology Technology Technology Technology ) ) ) ) ) Windows ® 2000 Professional Windows ® 2000 Advanced Server Windows ® 2000 Advanced Server Windows ® XP Home Windows ® XP Home Windows ® XP Professional Windows ® XP Professional Windows ® Server 2003 - Standard, Windows ® Server 2003 - Standard, Enterprise Enterprise If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_FAN1 connector to ensure system stability.
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135º angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever This side of the This side of the This side of the This side of the This side of the socket box should socket box should socket box should socket box should socket box should face you. face you. face you. face you. face you. PnP cap PnP cap PnP cap PnP cap PnP cap A B To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO CPU Socket 775
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should fit into the CPU notch. Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. 7. If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_FAN1 connector to ensure system stability. A B The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 processors with the Intel ® Enhanced Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST), and Hyper-Threading Technology. Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100º angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate A B
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel ® Pentium ® 4 processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel ® -certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Your Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector. Narrow end Narrow end Narrow end Narrow end Narrow end of the groove of the groove of the groove of the groove of the groove
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. B B A A A A B B 3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO CPU fan connector GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F AN
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation.
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 = DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. ⢠This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double sided x16 memory modules. Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A Channel A Channel A Channel A Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B Channel B Channel B Channel B Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered ECC and non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 ⢠Some old-version DDR2-667 DIMMs may not match Intel ® âs On-Die-Termination (ODT) requirement and will automatically downgrade to run at DDR2-533. If this happens, contact your memory vendor to check the ODT value. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, DDR2-667 with CL=4 will be downgraded to run at DDR2-533 by default setting. If you want to operate with lower latency, adjust the memory timing manually. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, DDR2-533 with CL=3 will be downgraded to run at DDR2-400 by default setting. If you want to operate with lower latency, adjust the memory timing manually. Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows ® ® ® ® ® XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version If you install Windows ® XP 32-bit version Operating System (OS), the limitation of this OS version is that it may reserve a certain amount of memory space for system devices. We recommend that you install less than 3 GB system memory if you would like to work under Windows ® XP 32-bit version OS. The excess memory installation will not cause any usage problem, but it will not give users the benefit of manipulating this excess memory space. Visit the ASUS FAQ site for further explanation: http://support.asus.com/faq/ faq.aspx?SLanguage=en-us Under General search General search General search General search General search , make the selections as shown, then click Search Search Search Search Search . Click the article titled â 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but less memory size detected less memory size detected less memory size detected less memory size detected less memory size detected . â You also may check the URLs below for third party comments on this issue: http://dlsvr01.asus.com/pub/ASUS/mb/4GB_Rev1.pdf ht tp://www.intel.com/support/motherboards/server/sb/cs-016594.htm Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations ⢠Due to chipset limitation, this motherboard can only support up to 8 GB on the operating systems listed below. You may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot, but only DDR2-533 2 GB density modules are available for this configuration. 32-bit 64-bit Windows ® 2000 Advanced Windows ® Server 2003 Standard Server x64 Edition Windows ® Server 2003 Windows ® XP Professional x64 Enterprise Edition Edition Windows ® Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DDR2-800 MHz capability Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) (Continued on the next page) 512 MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package â SS KHX6400D2/512 â ⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE7 â SS M378T3253FZ3-CE7 â ⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE7(ECC) â SS M391T3253FZ3-CE7 â ⢠512 MB SAMSUNG EDD339XX â SS M378T6553CZ0-CE7 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-S6 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-S6 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-S6 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-S6 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ â SS MT8HTF6464AY-80EA3 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ â DS MT16HTF12864AY-80EA3 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package â SS CM2X512A-6400 â ⢠⢠256 MB A-DATA E2508AB-GE-E â SS M20EL6F3G3160A1D0Z â ⢠256 MB A-DATA E2508AB-GE-E â SS M2OEL6F3G3160A1D0Z â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA E2508AB-GE-E â DS M2OEL6F3H4170A1D0Z â ⢠⢠512 MB Apacer E2508AB-GE-E â DS 78.91091.420 â ⢠⢠Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DDR2-667 MHz capability 512 MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E â SS KVR667D2N5/512 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E â DS KVR667D2N5/1G â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E â SS KVR667D2E5/512 â ⢠⢠256 MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 â SS KVR667D2N5/256 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 â SS M378T3253FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 â DS M378T6453FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6(ECC) â SS M391T3253FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6(ECC) â DS M391T6453FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T51163QC-ZCE6 â SS M378T3354CZ0-CE6 â ⢠512 MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC â SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC â DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB MICRON 4SB42D9CZM â SS MT8HTF3264AY-667B5 â ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 4VB41D9CZM â DS MT16HTF6464AY-667B4 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB MICRON 5FB42D9DPN â SS MT8HTF3264AY-667B6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3S â SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S â SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S â DS HYS64T128020HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T256800AF3S(ECC) â SS HYS72T32000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) â SS HYS72T64000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠â¢
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DDR2-667 MHz capability 1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) â DS HYS72T128020HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS1G831FP-Y5(ECC) â SS HYMP112U72P8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) â SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) â DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) â SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) â DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB ELPIDA E2508AB-GE-E â SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E â ⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AE-GE-E â SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E â ⢠256 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â SS BL3264AA664.8FB â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â D S BL6464AA664.16FB â ⢠⢠1024 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â DS BL12864AA664.16FA â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â DS BL12864AL664.16FA â ⢠512 MB Kingmax E5108AE-6E-E â SS KLCC28F-A8EB5 â ⢠1024 MB Kingmax E5108AE-6E-E â DS KLCD48F-A8EB5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Apacer E5108AE-6E-E â SS 78.91092.420 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Apacer E5108AE-6E-E â DS 78.01092.420 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA E5108AE-6E-E â SS M20EL5G3H3160B1C0Z â ⢠⢠Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) : SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support : A A A A A - Supports one module inserted into either slot, in Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either Channel A or Channel B as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports four modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667 MHz QVL.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information DDR2-533 MHz capability Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support 256 MB KINGSTON E5116AB-5C-E â SS KVR533D2N4/256 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB KINGSTON HY5PS56821F-C4 â DS KVR533D2N4/512 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB KINGSTON D6408TE7BL-37 â DS KVR533D2N4/1G â ⢠⢠⢠2048 MB KINGSTON E1108AA-5C-E â DS KVR533D2N4/2G â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 â SS M378T6553BG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 â SS M378T3253FG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 â D S M378T6453FG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5(ECC) â DS M391T6453FG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5(ECC) â DS M391T2953BG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 4FBIID9BQM â DS MT16HTF6464AG-53EB2 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB MICRON 4DBIIZ9BQT â SS â â ⢠256 MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM â SS MT8HTF3264AY-53EB3 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM â DS MT16HTF6464AY-53EB2 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 4MAIID9CRZ(ECC) â DS MT18HTF12872AY-53EA1 â ⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AC37 â SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 â SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 â SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 â DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠⢠2048 MB Infineon HYB18T1G800AF-3.7 â DS HYS64T256020HU-3.7-A â ⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 â SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 â SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 â DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B â ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 â SS HYMP564U648-C4 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4(ECC) â SS HYMP564U728-C4 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 â DS HYMP512U648-C4 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4(ECC) â DS HYMP512U728-C4 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4(ECC) â SS HYMP564U728-C4 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4 â DS HYMP512U648-C4 â ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E(ECC) â SS EBE51ED8ABFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E â SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E â SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E â DS EBE11UD8ABFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠2048 MB ELPIDA E1108AA-5C-E â DS EBE21EE8AAFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠256 MB CORSAIR MIII0051832M8CEC â SS VS256MB533D2 â ⢠⢠512 MB CORSAIR MI110052432M8CEC â DS VS512MB533D2 â ⢠⢠256 MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E â SS 78.81077.420 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Apacer â â SS 73.963B3.800 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â SS BL3264AA53V.8FB â ⢠⢠512 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â DS BL6464AA53V.16FB â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E â SS KLBB68F-36EP4 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E â SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E â DS KLBD48F-A8EB4 â ⢠⢠512 MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 â SS TS64MLQ64V5J â ⢠⢠1024 MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 â DS TS128MLQ64V5J â ⢠⢠(Continued on the next page)
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) : SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support : A A A A A - Supports one module inserted into either slot, in Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either Channel A or Channel B as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports four modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-533 MHz QVL.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. To install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM To remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 1 2 1
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 3 11 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 â â â â â shared â â PCI slot 2 â â â â â â shared â PCIX slot 1 â â shared â â â â â PCIX slot 2 â â â shared â â â â Onboard SATA shared â â â â â â â Onboard 1394 â â â â â shared â â Onboard LAN 1/2 shared â â â â shared â â PCIE x16 1 shared â â â â â â â PCIE x16 2 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 1 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 2 â shared â â â â â â USB controller 3 â â shared â â â â â USB controller 4 â â â shared â â â â USB 2.0 controller shared â â â â â â â Serial ATA â shared â â â â â shared HD Audio shared â â â â â â â
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports two ATI CrossFire⢠PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows two graphics cards installed on the PCI Express x16 slots. Refer to the next page for the list of qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards for this motherboard. ⢠In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode , install the master card in PCIEX16_1 (blue slot). Each PCI Express x16 slot works at x8 bandwidth. ⢠In single card mode In single card mode In single card mode In single card mode In single card mode , install the VGA card in PCIEX16_1 (blue slot) to avail of full x16 bandwidth. Installing in PCIEX16_2 (black slot) will cause the card to run at x8 bandwidth only. ⢠Connect the EZ Plug⢠when using two graphics cards and a 20-pin ATX power supply, or if the cards do not have auxiliary power plugs. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 PCI-X slots PCI-X slots PCI-X slots PCI-X slots PCI-X slots The PCI-X slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI-X 1.0 specifications. The figure shows a RAID card installed on a PCI-X slot.
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Abit RX600XT-PCIE V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass ATI Radeon X600XT Rev. B (BIOS: V008.015) Albatron PCX5750 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5750 (BIOS: V4.36.20.38) Albatron PC6200 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 BIOS: V5.43.02.27) Albatron PC6600GT V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) ASUS EAX300 V6.14.10.6525 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X300 Rev: V1.00 (BIOS: V5b60.8.15.117.0) ASUS EAX300SE V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X300SE Rev: V1.00 (Chinese-Traditional) (BIOS: V5b60.8.15.117.0) ASUS EAX300SE-HM128 V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Home Pass ATI Radeon X300SE Rev: V1.00 (Hyper Memory) (BIOS: V008.015.128.000) ASUS EAX300SE-X V6.14.10.6553 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI Radeon X300SE Rev: V1.00 (BIOS: V008.015.117.000) ASUS EAX550GE 256M V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X550 (BIOS: V5B60.8.15.139. AS01) ASUS EAX600XT V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X600XT Rev. V1.02 (BIOS:V113-AA20306-100-AS) ASUS EAX700 V6.14.10.6525 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X700 (BIOS: V5E4D.9.7.1.3. A901) ASUS EAX700-X 128M V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X700LE Rev. V1.00a (BIOS: V009.008.001.004) ASUS EAX700LE 128M V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Home Pass ATI Radeon X700LE (BIOS: V5E4D.9.8.1.4. AS13) ASUS EAX700PRO V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X700PRO Rev. V1.00 (Chinese-Traditional) (BIOS: V113-AA.30602-100) ASUS EAX800 V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800 (BIOS: V554F.9.7.1.AS02) ASUS EAX800PRO V8.172.0.0 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800PRO Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5549.9.4.1.10.AS) ASUS EAX800XL V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800XL Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V554D.9.7.1.AS02) ASUS EAX800XT V6.14.10.6553 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI Radeon X800XT Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5D57.9.4.1.8.AS) ASUS EAX850PRO V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850PRO (BIOS: V5D4F.9.7.1.4.AS02) ASUS EAX850XT 256MB V6.14.10.6553 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI Radeon X850XT Rev. PN: 109-A47401-10 (BIOS: V009.007.001.004) ASUS EAX850XT PE V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850XT PE Rev. PN: 109-A47401-10 (BIOS: V009.007.001.004) ASUS EN5750/128 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5750 Rev. 1.01 (BIOS: V04.32.20.38.00) (Continued on the next page) Model Model Model Model Model Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards ASUS EN5900 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5900 Rev. 1.01 (BIOS: V04.35.20.45) ASUS EN6200GE V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev V1.00A (BIOS: V5.43.02.27.AS07) ASUS EN6600GT V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5.43.02.16.AS27) ASUS EN6800LE V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800LE Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5.41.02.34.AS01) ASUS EN6800GT V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Home Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800GT Rev. V1.02 (BIOS: V5.40.02.26.AS05) ASUS EN6800ULTRA V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800ULTRA (BIOS: V5.40.02.32.AS07) ASUS EN7800GTX 256MB V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 7800GTX (BIOS: V5.70.02.11.01) ATI Radeon X850 CrossFire V8.182.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850 (BIOS: V009.010.001.015) ELSA Falcox X85 XT 256B3 DTV V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850 XT Rev: PN: 109 A47401-10 (Chinese-Traditional) (BIOS: 009.007.001.004) ELSA Gladiac PCX 935 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5900 Rev. W01-46W53 (BIOS: V4.35.20.45.E0) ELSA Gladiac 660GT 128MB3 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev: 2B (BIOS: V5.43.02.46.E1) ELSA Gladiac 780GTX 256B3 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 7800GTX (BIOS: V5.70.02.11.E1) Gigabyte GV-NX68T256D-B V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800 Rev: B (BIOS: V5.40.02.36.09) Gigabyte GV-RX70P128D V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Home Pass ATI Radeon X700PRO Rev: 1.1 (BIOS: V009.004.001.032) Leadtek WinFast PX6200 TD V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev. A1 (BIOS: V5.43.02.36.68) Leadtek WinFast PX6600GT TDH V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev. A (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) Leadtek WinFast PX6800GT TD256M V6.14.10.8185 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800GT Rev. C1 (BIOS: V5.40.02.32) MSI NX6600GT-TD128E V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev.V200 (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) MSI RX600XT-TD128 V8.172.0.0 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass ATI Radeon X600XT Rev.V2.00 (BIOS: V8.015) PowerColor Radeon X800GT 256M V6.14.10.6525 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800GT (BIOS: V009.010.001.015) Model Model Model Model Model Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards (Workstation level) (Workstation level) (Workstation level) (Workstation level) (Workstation level) 3Dlabs Wildcat Realizm V4.5.854.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass 3Dlabs Wildcat Realizm P25 500 256M Rev. 08 (BIOS: V3.37 ASUS EN6200TC128/T/16M V6.14.10.7777 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev V1.01 (with Turbo cache) (BIOS: V5.44.02.11) ASUS EN6600 128M V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Home Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600 Rev V1.00A (BIOS: V5.43.02.61) ASUS EN6600 256M V6.14.10.7777 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600 Rev V1.00A (BIOS: V5.43.02.16.AS11) ASUS EN7800GT 256MB V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 7800GT Rev: V1.00 (BIOS: V5.70.02.13.AS01) ATI FireMV2200 V8.191.0.0 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI FireMV 2200 (BIOS: V113.A25915.100) ELSA Gladiac 620TC 128T DVT V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev. 1A (with Turbo cache) (BIOS: V5.44.02.11.E1) ELSA Gladiac 660LE 256MB V6.14.10.8195 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600LE Rev: 3C (BIOS: V5.43.02.69.E2) ELSA ATI Fire GL V3100 V8.191.0.0 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI FireGL V3100 (BIOS: V113.A33429.100) FOX Quadro NVS 285 V6.14.10.8195 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA Quadro NVS 285 (BIOS: V5.44.02.31.16) Gigabyte GV-NX62TC256D8 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200TC (BIOS: V5.44.02.32) Leadtek WinFast PX6200TC 64M V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev. A (with Turbo cache) (BIOS: V5.44.02.18) Leadtek WinFast PX6600 TDH V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600 Rev. A1 (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) Leadtek Quadro FX540 128M V6.14.10.7718 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA Quadro FX540 (BIOS:V5.43.02.64.35) Leadtek Quadro FX1400 128M V6.14.10.8195 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA Quadro FX1400 (BIOS:V5.41.02.43.03) Model Model Model Model Model Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards SATA disk controllers SATA RAID controllers SCSI disk controller SCSI RAID controllers Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Promise SATAII 150 TX2 Plus PCI2, PCIX_2 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC20575 (BIOS: V1.00.0.28) Promise SATAII 150 TX4 PCI1, PCIX_1 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC40518 (BIOS: V1.00.0.28) Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Promise FastTrak S150 TX4 PCI2, PCIX_1 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC20319 (BIOS: V1.00.0.37) Promise FastTrak TX2200 PCI1 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass Promise PDC20571 (BIOS: V2.00.0.23) Promise FastTrak TX4200 PCIX_2 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC40519 (BIOS: V2.00.0.23) Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Adaptec AAR2410SA PCIX_2 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass Adaptec 2410SA (BIOS: V4.2-0) Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Adaptec ASC-29320 PCI1, PCIX_1 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass AIC-7902 Rev.C (BIOS: V4.10.1) Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X ASUS PXL-S30 PCIX_2 Windows ® XP Pro Pass LSI LS153C1030 Rev.1.04 (BIOS:V5.07.03) Intel ® SRCU42L Ultra320 PCIX_1 Windows ® XP Pro Pass LSI Logic-22320 PCIX_1 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.6 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear RTC (Default) 12 23
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) This jumper allows you to set the PCI-X slotsâ maximum frequency capability. Default setting [Auto]: a single PCI-X card installed on a PCI-X slot can provide 133 MHz capability, and two PCI-X cards installed on both PCI-X slots can provide 100 MHZ capability for reliability. 3~4: the slots will have 133 MHZ capability whether you install one or two cards. 5~6: the slots will have 100 MHZ capability whether you install one or two cards. 13 5 24 6 13 5 24 6 13 5 24 6 P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO PCIX Speed setting PCIX_SPEED AUTO by PCIX Card (Default) Force PCI-X 133MHz Force PCI-X 100MHz
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information DNR DNR DNR DNR D N R - Driver Not Ready 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 11 4 6 13 1 16 2 15 14 12 3 5 7 8 9 10 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Description Description Description Description Description OFF OFF Soft-off Mode YELLOW* OFF 10 Mbps connection YELLOW* ORANGE 100 Mbps connection YELLOW* GREEN 1 Gbps connection 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications * Blinking Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Description Description Description Description Description DNR DNR Soft-off Mode DNR DNR 10 Mbps connection DNR DNR 100 Mbps connection DNR DNR 1 Gbps connection 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. This Marvell ® LAN port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. This Marvell ® LAN port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. Item numbers 9, 10, and 11 are only for the optional Wireless LAN module.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 10 . 10 . 10 . 10 . 10 . Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. This port connects to an external SATA box or a Serial ATA port multiplier. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 1.5 and 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away, and enables improved hot-swap function. Do not insert a different connector to this port.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA (133/)100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard's IDE connector, then select one of the following modes to configure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠These connectors are set to Standard IDE Standard IDE Standard IDE Standard IDE Standard IDE mode by default. In S S S S S tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot/data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intend to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors, set the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section â4.3.6 IDE Configurationâ for details. ⢠For RAID 5, use at least three hard disk drives. For RAID 10, use at least four hard disk drives. Use two to four Serial ATA hard disk drives for each RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) These connectors are for Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 configuration with the Intel ® Matrix Storage Technology through the onboard Intel ® ICH7R RAID controller. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO SA T A connectors S ATA 1 S ATA 4 S ATA 3 S ATA 2 GND SA T A_TXP0 SA T A_TXN0 GND SA T A_RXN0 SA T A_RXP0 GND GND SA T A_TXP1 SA T A_TXN1 GND SA T A_RXN1 SA T A_RXP1 GND GND SA T A_TXP2 SA T A_TXN2 GND SA T A_RXN2 SA T A_RXP2 GND GND SA T A_TXP3 SA T A_TXN3 GND SA T A_RXN3 SA T A_RXP3 GND If any device jumper is set as "Cable-Select," make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. Black or gray Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable setting setting setting setting setting of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) connector connector connector connector connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black Two devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Slave Slave
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠You must install Windows ® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows ® XP Service Pack 1 before using Serial ATA hard disk drives. The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0/RAID 1/RAID 5/RAID 10) is available only if you are using Windows ® 2000/XP/Server 2003 or later version. ⢠When using the connectors in S S S S S tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE mode, connect the primary (boot) hard disk drive to the SATA1 or SATA2 connector. Refer to the table below for the recommended SATA hard disk drive connections. Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Color Color Color Color Color Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Use Use Use Use Use SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 Red Red Red Red Red Master Master Master Master Master Boot disk Boot disk Boot disk Boot disk Boot disk SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 Black Black Black Black Black Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Data disk Data disk Data disk Data disk Data disk 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Marvell Marvell Marvell Marvell Marvell ® ® ® ® ® 88SE614x 88SE614x 88SE614x 88SE614x 88SE614x Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) These connectors are for Serial ATA signal cables. These connectors support Serial ATA hard disk drives. Set the Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller and Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM items in the BIOS to [Enabled] to use the connectors to build a RAID set. See section â4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. Before creating a RAID set using Serial ATA hard disks, make sure that you have connected the Serial ATA signal cables and installed Serial ATA hard disk drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the Marvell ® 88SE6141 RAID utility. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO SA T A 3 Gbps connector EXT_SA T A3 EXT_SA T A2 EXT_SA T A1 GND RSA T A_TX_0_DP RSA T A_TX_0_DN GND RSA T A_RX_0_DN RSA T A_RX_0_DP GND GND RSA T A_TX_1_DP RSA T A_TX_1_DN GND RSA T A_RX_1_DN RSA T A_RX_1_DP GND GND RSA T A_TX_2_DP RSA T A_TX_2_DN GND RSA T A_RX_2_DN RSA T A_RX_2_DP GND
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy ACâ97 audio standard. ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-definition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâs High Definition Audio capability. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) This connector is for the 4-pin audio cable that connects to the audio connector at the back of the optical drive. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Internal audio connector CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Front panel audio connector AAFP Legacy ACâ97-compliant pin definition HD-Audio-compliant pin definition SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# AGND NC MIC_L Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MIC_R NC AGND
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 [optional [optional [optional [optional [optional ] ] ] ] ] ) ) ) ) ) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. USB78 is for the optional Wireless LAN module and the fifth USB port on the rear panel for the Wi-Fi add-on configuration. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 a a a a a port connector port connector port connector port connector port connector s s s s s (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ 1; 1; 1; 1; 1; 10-1 pin 10-1 pin 10-1 pin 10-1 pin 10-1 pin IE1394_2) IE1394_2) IE1394_2) IE1394_2) IE1394_2) These connectors are for additional IEEE 1394a ports. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cables to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB port module cable USB port module cable USB port module cable USB port module cable USB port module cable t o the IEEE 1394 connector. Doing so will damage the motherboard! P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO IEEE 1394 connectors IE1394_1 TP A1- GND TPB1- 12V GND TP A1 GND TPB1 12V IE1394_2 TP A2- GND TPB2- 12V GND TP A2 GND TPB2 12V
2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âChassis Signalâ and âGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default)
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 3 .48 A (41.7 6 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. Only the CPU_FAN and CHA_FAN1 connectors support the ASUS Q-Fan 2 feature. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled CHA_FAN1 for better thermal environment. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN2 PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V GND SPEED CHASSIS F AN POWER CPU_F AN PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CHA_F AN2
2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x4 -pin -pin -pin -pin -pin E E E E E ATX12V) ATX12V) ATX12V) ATX12V) ATX12V) These connectors are for ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO COM port connector PIN 1 COM1 P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO A TX power connectors EA TXPWR EA TX12V 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-41 2-41 2-41 2-41 2-41 ⢠You may use a 4-pin ATX12V power plug for this connector. ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin ATX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. Connecting other power plug types may cause serious damage to the system. Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements ⢠For a fully configured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with ATX 12 V Specification 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 8-pin/4-pin EATX12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Make sure that the PSU can support at least 8 A on the 12V_1 lead and 13 A on the 12V_2 lead. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 graphics cards, use a PSU with 450 to 500 W power to ensure system stability. ⢠To support an Intel ® Dual-Core CPU up to 840 Extreme Edition, make sure that the PSU can provide at least DC 16A (peak 22A) on the 12V_2 lead. Connect a Connect a Connect a Connect a Connect a 4-pin power 4-pin power 4-pin power 4-pin power 4-pin power plug here plug here plug here plug here plug here Remove the cap Remove the cap Remove the cap Remove the cap Remove the cap before using an before using an before using an before using an before using an 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 2x4-pin EATX12V
2-42 2-42 2-42 2-42 2-42 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) This connector supports a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) system, which can securely store keys, digital certificates, passwords, and data. A TPM system also helps enhance network security, protects digital identities, and ensures platform integrity. The TPM module is purchased separately. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO TPM connector CK_33M_TPM LFRAMEn LRESETn LAD3 3.3V LAD0 3.3V X GND LPC_PD# GND smb_clk_main smb_data_main LAD2 LAD1 GND X SERIRQ X X TPM 1
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-43 2-43 2-43 2-43 2-43 ⢠System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
2-44 2-44 2-44 2-44 2-44 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Turning off the computer ..................................................... 3-2
ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âgreenâ standards or if it has a âpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Error Error Error Error Error One beep Keyboard controller error Refresh Time error No master drive detected Two continuous beeps followed by Floppy controller failure two short beeps Two continuous beeps followed by Hardware component failure four short beeps 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows ® 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK O K button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. If you are using Windows ® XP or later version: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section â4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 4 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-19 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.7 Tools menu ......................................................................... 4-44 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-47
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows ® environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 3. ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities U t i l i t i e s screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows ® environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . Quit all Windows ® applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail of all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows ® XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows ® desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows ® ® ® ® ® XP users: XP users: XP users: XP users: XP users: Select Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup disk disk disk disk disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows ® 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows ® 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows ® 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. In the Open Open Open Open Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D is your optical drive letter. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash 2 utility is built in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard and rename the same to WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM . 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk or a USB flash disk, then restart the system. 3. You can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the floppy disk / USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can supp ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go th the Tools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. You can switch between drives by pressing <Tab> before the correct file is found. Then press <Enter>. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: P5WDG2-WS Pro VER: 0204 DATE: 07/04/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown A: [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC PATH: A:\
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading flash ..... done Write to file...... ok A:\> 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom ⢠Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 1.2 MB free space to save the file. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk. A:\>afudos /iWDG2WSP.rom Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt. A:\>afudos /iWDG2WSP.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ....... done Reading flash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing flash ...... done Writing flash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%) 4. The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iWDG2WSP.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ....... done Reading flash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing flash ...... done Writing flash ...... done Verifying flash .... done Please restart your computer A:\>
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âWDG2WSP.ROMâ. Completed. Start flashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM .
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Checking for CD-ROM... CD-ROM found! Reading file âWDG2WSP.ROMâ. Completed. Start flashing... When no floppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy...
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âRun Setup.â This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM or the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On-Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section â4.7 Exit Menu.â ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard.
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Tools Tools Tools Tools Tools For configuring options for special functions Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 07/05/2006] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time. Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to â4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> / <Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Advanced Chipset settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in the sections below may cause system to malfunction. Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Memory Acceleration Mode [Auto] DRAM Idle Timer [Auto] DRAm Refresh Rate [Auto] Graphic Adapter Priority [AGP/PCI] Graphics Aperture Size [ 64 MB] Spread Spectrum [Enabled] ICH Delayed Transaction [Enabled] MPS Revision [1.4] Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window System Time [11:51:19] System Date [Wed 11/02/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320413A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB], or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main Main Main Main Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [English] [Français] [Deutsch] [Japanese] [Chinese (GB)] [Chinese BIG5] Refer to section â4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 07/05/2006] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sector transfer mode. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Primary IDE Master Device : Hard Disk Vendor : ST320413A Size : 20.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16 Sectors PIO Mode : Supported Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-5 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled]
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Sets the configuration for the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial ATA features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5, or the Intel ® Matrix Storage Technology configuration from the Serial ATA hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. If you want to use the Serial ATA hard disk drives as Parallel ATA physical storage devices, keep the defaul setting [Standard IDE]. IDE Configuration Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Enhanced Mode Support On [S-ATA] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] When in AHCI/RAID mode SATA controller is forced to Native mode. 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the configurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you want to configure the item.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 If you want the Serial ATA hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Controller Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI]. For details on AHCI, go to: www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012304.htm www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012305.htm The SATA controller is set to Native mode when this item is set to [RAID] or [AHCI] The Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode and its sub-menu items appear only when the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item is set to [Standard IDE]. Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Allows selection of the IDE operation mode depending on the installed operating system (OS). Set to [Enhanced Mode] if you are using OS supporting native mode, including Windows ® 2000/XP. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Compatible Mode] [Enhanced Mode] If you are using a Serial ATA optical drive, set this item to [Compatible Mode] before creating a boot disk using the support CD. Enhanced Mode Support On [S-ATA] Allows you to use OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode o n Serial ATA and Parallel ATA ports. It is recommend that you do not change the default setting for better OS compatibility. In this setting, you may use legacy OS on the Parallel ATA ports only if you do not install any Serial ATA device. The P-ATA S-ATA and P-ATA options are for advanced users only. If you set to any of these options and encountered problems, revert to the default setting S-ATA S-ATA S-ATA S-ATA S-ATA . Configuration options: [S-ATA P-ATA] [S-ATA] [P-ATA] Combined Mode Option [Primary P-ATA S-ATA] Allows you to choose the IDE ports to be used. Configuration options: [Primary P-ATA S-ATA] [S-ATA only] [P-ATA only] The [S-ATA only] and [P-ATA only] options are for advanced users only. If you set to any of these options and encounter problems, revert to the default setting [Primary P-ATA S-ATA]. The Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option item appears when you set the Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode t o [Compatible Mode].
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 System Information System Information System Information System Information System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification. System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory. AMIBIOS Version : 0201 Build Date : 07/03/06 Processor Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Speed : 2800 MHz Count : 2 System Memory Total : 512MB Appropritated : 0MB Available : 512MB Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROOM [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard Serial ATA boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM appears only when the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item is set to [RAID]. ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Agressive Link Power Management (ALPE) and Aggressive Slumber/Partial (ASP) management features. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP and its sub-menu item appear only when the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item is set to [AHCI]. IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting ATA/ATAPI devices. Configuration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. JumperFree Configuration LAN Cable Status USB Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] Allows you to select the overclocking options to achieve the desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configiuration options. Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual - allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto - loads the optimal settings for the system. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. - the ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile - loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Adjust system frequency/voltage. Configure System Frequency/Voltage AI Overclocking [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Stable Mode [Disabled] Select the targe CPU frequency, and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. If the system becomes unstable, return to the default.
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The following item appears only when you install a CPU that supports the lock free feature. Only some latest CPUs support this feature CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] This feature allows you to adjust the CPU multiplier to 14x. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the motherboard to automatically reduce the CPU multiplier value for more flexibility when increasing external FSB. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] The following item appears only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [Manual]. CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > < > < > < > < > and <-> <-> <-> <-> < - > keys to adjust the CPU frequency. You can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 450. DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [DDR2-400MHz] [DDR2-533MHz] [DDR2-600MHz] [DDR2-667MHz] [DDR2-800MHz] [DDR2-889MHz] [DDR2-1066MHz] Selecting a very high DRAM frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Allows enhanced system performance. Setting to [Turbo] may cause the system to become unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting [Auto]. Configuration options: [Auto] [Standard] [Turbo] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express frequency. This item is set to [Auto] by default. Configuration options: [Auto] [90] ~ [150] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] Allows you to synchronize the PCI frequency with the PCI Express or CPU frequency. Configuration options: [To CPU] [33.33MHz] [Auto] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU clock spread spectrum. Configuration options: [ Disabled] [Enabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express clock spread spectrum. Configuration options: [ Disabled] [Enabled] The following items also appear when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [AI NOS]. Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the DDR2 reference voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.80V] [1.90V] [1.95V] [2.00V] [2.05V] [2.10V] [2.15V] [2.20V] [2.25V] [2.30V] [2.35V] [2.40V] Refer to the DDR2 documentation before adjusting the memory voltage. Setting a very high memory voltage may damage the memory module(s)! CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the CPU VCore voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.7000V] [1.6875V] [1.6750V] [1.6625V] [1.6500V] [1.6375V] [1.6250V] [1.6125V] [1.6000V] [1.5875V] [1.5750V] [1.5625V] [1.5500V] [1.5375V] [1.5250V] [1.5125V] [1.5000V] [1.4875V] [1.4750V] [1.4625V] [1.4500V] [1.4375V] [1.4250V] [1.4125V] [1.4000V] [1.3875V] [1.3750V] [1.3625V] [1.3500V] [1.3375V] [1.3250V] [1.3125V] [1.3000V] [1.2875V] [1.2750V] [1.2625V] [1.2500V] [1.2375V] [1.2250V] [1.2125V] [1.2000V] Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU Vcore voltage. Setting a high Vcore voltage may damage the CPU!
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the front side bus termination voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] Setting a high FSB termination voltage may damage the chipset and CPU. MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the chipset voltage of the memory controller hub (MCH). Configuration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.60V] [1.70V] [1.80V] Setting a high MCH chipset voltage may damage the chipset! ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the chipset voltage of the I/O controller hub (ICH). Configuration options: [Auto] [1.05V] [1.20V] Setting a high ICH chipset voltage may damage the chipset! The following item appears only when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [Overclock Profile]. Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Allows you to overclock the CPU speed through the available preset values. Configuration options: [Overclock 5%] [FSB888/DDR2-667] [Overclock 10%] [FSB960/DDR2-800] [Overclock 15%] [FSB1200/DDR2-800] [Overclock 20%] [FSB1280/DDR2-800] [Overclock 30%] [FSB1333/DDR2-667] [FSB1333/DDR2-834] The following item appears only when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [AI NOS]. NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] Sets the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Select either of the following configuration options: Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto - loads the optimum sensitivity and overclocking percentage setting. Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual - allows you to manually set overclocking configurations.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status This menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port. POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable LAN cable check during POST. When enabled, the menu reports the cable faults or shorts, and displays the point (length) where the fault or short is detected. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] This function is available only on Marvell LAN (LAN2). POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] LAN Cable Status Pair Status Length 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A Check LAN cable during POST. The following items appear if the NOS Mode NOS Mode NOS Mode NOS Mode NOS Mode item is set to [Manual] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Allows you to choose the sensitivity of the AI NOS sensor. Setting this item to [Sensitive] will trigger AI NOS with less CPU loading. Configuration options: [Normal] [Sensitive] [Less-Sensitive] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Allows you to set the maximum overclock percentage for the selected NOS Mode. Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 7%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [Overclock 30%] Selecting a very high frequency may cause the system to become unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting. 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. The Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version and USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None None None None None . USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] Enables or disables the USB host controllers. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] The following items appear only when the USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller i s s e t to [Enabled]. USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). Configuration options: [HiSpeed ] [FullSpeed ] USB Configuration Module Version - 2.24.0-F.4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB Function [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration Enables USB host controllers.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Configuration options: [10 Sec] [20 Sec] [30 Sec] [40 Sec] Emulation Type [Floppy] Sets the emulation type for the USB device. When set to Auto, USB devices less than 530 MB will be emulated as Floppy and the remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex. ZIP drive) Configuration options: [Auto] [Floppy] [Forced FDD] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Device #1 ASUS Ai Flash-5 Emulation Type [Floppy] Device #1 ASUS Ai Flash-5 Emulation Type [Auto] If Auto, USB devices less than 530MB will be emulated as Floppy and remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex.ZIP drive)
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Configure Advanced CPU settings Manufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Frequency : 2800 MHz FSB Speed : 800 MHz Cache L1 : 32 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB Cache L3 : 0 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:08, Min:06) Ratio Actual Value : 8 Ratio CMOS Setting: [8] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Virtulization Technology [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Sets the ratio between CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency. NOTE: If an invalid ratio is set in CMOS then actual and setpoint values may differ. Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Sets the ratio between the CPU core clock and the Front Side Bus frequency. The BIOS auto-detects the default value of this item. Use the < > < > < > < > < > o r <-> <-> <-> <-> < - > keys to adjust the values. You can only adjust the Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS i f you installed an unlocked CPU. Refer to the CPU documentation for details. Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection Technology. Setting this item to [Enabled] forces the XD feature flag to always return to zero (0). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Allows you to disable or set to auto the Enhanced C1 Control function. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the virtualization technology. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. The following item appears only when you installed an Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPU that supports the Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST). Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Allows you to use the Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology. When set to [Automatic], you can adjust the system power settings in the operating system to use the EIST feature. Set this item to [Disabled] if you do not want to use the EIST. Configuration options: [Minimum Speed] [Automatic] [Disabled] ⢠Refer to the Appendix for details on how to use the EIST feature. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS file that supports EIST. CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Allows you to disable or set to auto the CPU Internal Thermal Control function. When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically checks the CPUâs capability to enable TM or TM2 support. In TM mode, the CPU power consumption is reduced. In TM2 mode, the CPU core and VID are reduced. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the hardward prefetcher function. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch function. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] When this item is enabled, the DRAM timing parameters are set according to the DRAM SPD (Serial Presence Detect). When disabled, you can manually set the DRAM timing parameters through the DRAM sub-items. The following sub-items appear when this item is Disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAM CAS# Latency [5 Clocks] Controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time the data actually becomes available. Configuration options: [6 Clocks] [5 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [3 Clocks] DRAM RAS# Precharge [4 Clocks] Controls the idle clocks after issuing a precharge command to the DDR SDRAM. Configuration options: [2 Clocks] ~ [6 Clocks] DRAM RAS# to CAS# Delay [4 Clocks] Controls the latency between the DDR SDRAM active command and the read/write command. Configuration options: [2 Clocks] ~ [6 Clocks] DRAM RAS# Activate to Precharge Delay [15 Clocks] Configuration options: [4 Clocks] ~ [18 Clocks] DRAM Write Recovery Time [4 Clocks] Configuration options: [2 Clocks] ~ [6 Clocks] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] Allows you to disable or set to [Auto] the DRAM ECC mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Advanced Chipset Settings Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] Enable or Disable Configure DRAM Timing by SPD
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Hyper Path 3 feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Allows selection of the graphics controller to use as primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI Express/PCI] [PCI/PCI Express] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Sets the length of the PCI Express graphics card buffer. Configuration options: [Auto] [Long] [Short] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Sets the PCI Express graphics card link latency. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] Allows you to enable, disable, or set to automatic the PCI Express graphics card root control. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] Sets the PCI Express graphics link mode. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the motherboard to automatically adjust the PCI Express graphics link mode to the correct frequency based on the system configuration. Four additional settings are available for overclocking the PEG Link Mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Sets the PCI Express graphics card slot power. Configuration options: [Auto] [Light] [Normal] [Heavy] [Heavier] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] Allows you to disable or select the high priority port. The specified high priority port will be given arbitration above VC0 but below VC1. Configuration options: [Disabled] [PCI Express Port 1] [PCI Express Port 5] [PCI Express Port 6]
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the high-definition audio CODEC. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI-E Lan. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PCI-E LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI-E boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Lan. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PCI LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Marvell ® 88SE6141 Serial ATA controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Marvell SATA BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Marvell ® 88SE6141 Serial ATA boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Configure Win627EHG Super IO Chipset HD Audio Controller [Enabled ] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E LAN PCI LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA BOOTROM [Disabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Enable or disable High Definition Audio Controller.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard IEEE 1394a controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378] [278] [3BC] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Appears only when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [ECP]. This item allows you to set the Parallel Port ECP DMA. Configuration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] Appears only when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [EPP]. This item allows the BIOS to select the parallel port EPP version. Configuration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Allows you to select the parallel port IRQ. Configuration options: [IRQ5] [IRQ7]
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the palette snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. NO: Lets the BIOS configue all the devices in the system. YES: Lets the operating system configure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the OS to select the ACPI state. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) only] [S3 only] [Auto] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. Configuration options: [No] [Yes ] 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] Allows you to add more tables for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) 2.0 specifications. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Power Button Mode [On/Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Go into On/Off or Suspend when Power button is pressed. Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Allows the system to go into On/Off mode or suspend mode when the power button is pressed. Configuration options: [On/Off] [Suspend] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The succeeding items appear when the Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm item is set to [Enabled]. RTC Alarm Date [XX] To set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [Everyday] [1] [2] [3]... ~ [31]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 RTC Alarm Hour To set the alarm hour, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [00] [1]... ~ [23] RTC Alarm Minute To set the alarm minute, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [00] [1]... ~ [59] RTC Alarm Second To set the alarm second, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [00] [1]... ~ [59] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI Express device. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use specific keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-Esc] [Power Key] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor AI Quiet [Disabled] CPU Temperature [32.5ºC/90.5ºF] MB Temperature [36.0ºC/96.5ºF] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [3813 RPM] Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Chassis Fan1 [N/A] Chassis Fan2 [N/A] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.320V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.345V] 5V Voltage [ 5.094V] 12V Voltage [11.880V] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the AI Quiet feature, which automatically optimizes BIOS settings to minimize CPU FAN speed according to system loading. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Disabled] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable CPU fan speed monitoring. Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Q-Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efficient system operation. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode and CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode items appear when you enable the ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control feature. Automatically optimize BIOS settings to minimize CPU FAN speed according to system loading.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] Allows you to select the type of CPU fan cable connected to the CPU fan connector. Set to [PWM] when using a 4-pin CPU fan cable. Set to [DC] when using a 3-pin CPU fan cable. Configuration options: [PWM] [DC] Some CPU fans with a 4-pin cable do not comply with Intel ® âs PWM fan specification. When using this type of CPU fan, you can not reduce the CPU fan speed even if you set the CPU Q-Fan Mode to [PWM]. CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate CPU fan performance. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. Configuration options: [Optimal] [Performance Mode] [Silent] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the chassis, the specific field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable chassis fan speed monitoring. Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Q-Fan feature that smartly adjusts the chassis fan speeds for more efficient system operation. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠The Chassis Q-Fan function is available only on CHA_FAN1. ⢠The Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode item appears when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the chassis Q-Fan. Configuration options: [Optimal] [Performance Mode] [Silent Mode] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the power fan connector, the specific field shows N/A. VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators.
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security Specifies the Boot Device Priority sequence. A virtual floppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the first boot device. 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE ] ] ] ] ] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] [Hard Drive] [ATAPI CD-ROM] [Disabled] Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [HDD: PM-ST330620A] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM:ATAPI CD-ROM] Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disable din the corresponding type menu.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE ] ] ] ] ] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of removable devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] [USB:ASUS Ai Flash-5] [Disabled] Removable Drives 1st Drive [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Drive [USB:ASUS Ai Flash-5] 3rd Drive [USB:ASUS Ai Flash-5] Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disable din the corresponding type menu. 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Wait For âF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 Security Security Security Security Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password item, then press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Password Password Password Password Password then press <Enter>. The message âPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section â2.6 Jumpersâ for information on how to erase the RTC RAM.
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access No Access No Access No Access No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only View Only View Only View Only View Only allows access but does not allow change to any field. Limited Limited Limited Limited Limited allows changes only to selected fields, such as Date and Time. Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] Enables or disables TPM/TCG (TPM1.1/1.2) support in BIOS. Configuration options: [Yes] [No]
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7 Tools menu The Tools menu items allow you to configure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.C. Profile 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a confirmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Yes] or [No], then press <Enter> to confirm your choice. Please see page 4-5, section 4.1.3 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: P5WDG2-WS Pro VER: 0204 DATE: 07/04/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\P5WDG2OC A: C: [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR> FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC WIN98E <DIR>
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS file to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the file. Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the file. Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility. 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile O.C. PROFILE Configuration O.C. Profile 1 Status: Not Installed O.C. Profile 2 Status: Not Installed Save to Profile 1 Load from Profile 1 Save to Profile 2 Load from Profile 2 Start O.C. Profile Save to Profile 1 BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit ASUSTek O.C. Profile Utility B311 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: P5WDG2 WS Pro VER: 0204.rom DATE: 07/03/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\P5WDG2OC A: C: WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DOCUMEâ1 <DIR> PROGRAâ1 <DIR> SYSTEMâ1 <DIR> M2NPVVM <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> BOOTFONT.BIN 213830 2001-09-05 20:00:00 [Enter] Select [Y] Yes [N/Esc] No [Left/Right]: Switch Note CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit.
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup ⢠This function can supp ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the computer is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select OK OK OK OK O K to save the changes and exit. 4.8 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items.
4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Ok Ok Ok Ok O k to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ......................................................... 5-11 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-29 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-41
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows ® 2000/2003 Server/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers D r i v e r s menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows ® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows ® XP Service Pack1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for updates.
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers Launches the ASUS InstAll driver installation wizard. Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Installs the Intel ® Chipset INF Update Program. This driver enables Plug-n-Play INF support for the Intel ® chipset components on the motherboard. When installed to the target system, this driver provides the method for configuring the chipset components. You can install this utility using three different modes: interactive, silent or unattended preload. Installing the driver in interactive mode requires user input during installation. User input is not required when installing the driver in silent or unattended preload modes. Refer to the online help or readme file that came with the utility for details. SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX ® ADI1988B audio driver and application. Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Installs the Marvell ® 61xx SATA controller driver.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell ® Yukon ⢠Gigabit Ethernet driver. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver. 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities menu displays the software applications and utilities that the motherboard supports. Click on an item to install. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities Launches the ASUS InstAll utilities installation wizard. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application The Virtual Cable Tester (VCT) is a cable diagnostic application that analyzes and reports LAN cable faults and shorts. ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows ® environment. ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility that allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows ® environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear Installs the ASUS AI Gear application. ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap Installs the ASUS AI Nap application. ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your idle screen by installing the ASUS screen saver. ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 The Adobe Acrobat ® Reader V7.0 is for opening, viewing, and printing documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c The Microsoft DirectX ® 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sounds. DirectX ® improves the multimedia features of your computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Click to open the next screen. Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus utility scans, identifies, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. Click to view the previous screen.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu The Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk menu allows you to make RAID/Serial ATA driver disks. Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Allows you to create an ICH7 RAID driver disk for a 32/64-bit system. Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Allows you to create a Marvell ® 61xx SATA RAID driver disk for Windows ® XP/2000/2003. Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Allows you to create a Marvell ® 61xx SATA RAID driver disk for a 64-bit system.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 Contact information Contact information Contact information Contact information Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals Manuals Manuals Manuals Manuals menu contains the user manuals for third party components and applications. Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe Acrobat Reader application from the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab before opening a user manual file.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen provide additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard. Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the contents of the support CD in graphical format.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support. Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD in text format.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section â5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section â4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next N e x t. The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section â4.1.4 AFUDOS utility.â ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo3. See section â4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration.â ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 3. Click the Run Run Run Run R u n button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 features the Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT). VCT is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows ® XP or Windows ® 2000 operating systems. ⢠The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s). ⢠The Run Run Run Run R u n button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the status of the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the item Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable i n t h e BIOS Setup. ⢠AI NET2 is available only on LAN2.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 AI Gear AI Gear AI Gear AI Gear AI Gear ASUS AI Gear provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy- to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and VCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. After installing AI Gear from the bundled support CD, you can launch AI Gear by double-clicking the AI Gear icon on your Windows OS taskbar. Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance High High High High High Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Power Saving Power Saving Power Saving Power Saving Power Saving
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 You can also set the AI Gear modes by clicking the AI Gear icon on the Windows taskbar. ⢠When AI Gear is enabled, the system will automatically optimize the CPU and chassis fan speed according to the system loading. ⢠The AI Booster (AI NOS) and AI Gear functions cannot be enabled simutaneously.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 AI Nap AI Nap AI Nap AI Nap AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away. Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Nap from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Nap icon on the Windows OS taskbar. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes o n the confirmation screen. To exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s on the confirmation screen.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster The ASUS Ai Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows ® environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing AI Booster from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Booster icon on the Windows ® OS taskbar. The options on the task bar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/Memory/PCI-E frequency manually, or create and apply your personal overclocking configurations.
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.6 5.3.6 5.3.6 5.3.6 5.3.6 ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâs vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility, you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II To install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.exe file from the ASUS PC Probe II folder. Double-click the setup.exe file to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II You can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows ® desktop. To launch the PC Probe II from the Windows ® desktop, click Start Start Start Start Start > All All All All All Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows ® taskbar. Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility configuration. By default, the main window displays the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section. You can close or restore the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Button Button Button Button Button Function Function Function Function Function Opens the Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration window Opens the Report Report Report Report Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory, CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show. When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences You can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window. Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate.
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâs desktop. Changing the monitor panels position To change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK OK OK OK O K when finished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. You can now move or reposition the panel independently. Adjusting the sensor threshold value You can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. You can also adjust the threshold values using the Config Config Config Config Config window. You cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to increase increase increase increase increase value value value value value Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to decrease decrease decrease decrease decrease value value value value value
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser. This browser displays various Windows ® management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information to display the available information. You can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser. DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser. This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information t o display the available information.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser. This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information item to display available information. Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage The Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser. CPU usage The CPU CPU CPU CPU C P U tab displays real-time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical memory. Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The Config Config Config Config Config window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold and Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference . The Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your changes changes changes changes changes Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your changes changes changes changes changes Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.7 5.3.7 5.3.7 5.3.7 5.3.7 SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX ® ® ® ® ® High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility The ADI AD1988B High Definition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX ® audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988B Audio Driver from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX ® audio utility. ⢠You must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX ® requires Microsoft ® Windows ® 2000/XP or later version. Make sure that one of these operating systems is installed before installing SoundMAX ® . ⢠Jack Retasking function works on High Definition front panel audio ports only. If the SoundMAX ® audio utility is correctly installed, you will find the SoundMAX ® icon on the taskbar.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundMAX ® icon to display the SoundMAX ® Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX ® control panel, you can easily configure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High Definition Audio.
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration This screen helps you configure your computerâs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the Test Test Test Test Test button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. You will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options General options General options General options General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. DTS. DTS. DTS. DTS. DTS. This feature is consists of two elements: DTS interactive and DTS NEO:PC. DTS interactive re-encodes your stereo or multi-channel sound into a DTS audio signal and send it out from your PC to any DTS enabled system. While DTS NEO:PC turns your stereo audio such as MP3, WMA, CD, and other sound format into a convincing multi-channel audio experience.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Click the Listening Environment tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Voice recording Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. You can enable it for a better recording quality. Directional Array Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. You can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. You can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. The directional Array and Speaker Phone function only when working with the ASUS Array Mic.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section â5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5.4 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge RAID controllers that allow you to configure Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 configuration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity. The RAID 5 configuration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® Matrix Storage Matrix Storage Matrix Storage Matrix Storage Matrix Storage . The Intel ® Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH7R chip allows you to create a RAID 0 and a RAID 1 set using only two identical hard disk drives. The Intel ® Matrix Storage technology creates two partitions on each hard disk drive to create a virtual RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets. This technology also allows you to change the hard disk drive partition size without losing any data.
5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations This motherboard supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10 (0 1), and Intel ® Matrix Storage configurations for Serial ATA hard disks drives through the Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge chip. Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). To do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST. 2. Go to the Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu , select IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration , then press <Enter>. 3. Select the item Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As , then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 4. Select RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID from the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item options, then press <Enter>. 5. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. Refer to the system or the motherboard user guide for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0 1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial ATA hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge. To enter the Intel ® Application Accelerator RAID Option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial ATA hard disk drives. 2. Turn on the system. 3. During POST, press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: None defined. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) To create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) , then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks Disks Disks Disks Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to configure as RAID. This pop-up screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: W e recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu.
5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) , then press <Enter>. 4. When the Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 5. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A XX.X GB Create Volume WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 6. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create Volume menu.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) To create a RAID 10 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume10 RAID10(RAID0 1) Select Disks 128KB XXX.X GB Create Volume 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) , then press <Enter>. 4. When the Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 10 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: W e recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 5. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want then press <Enter> when the Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) To create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume5 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 64KB 0.0 GB Create Volume WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 7. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 6. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 5 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) , then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 4. The Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to configure as RAID. The following pop-up screen appears. [ SELECT DISKS ] [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the drive you want to set, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 5 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: W e recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter> when the Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu.
5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Take caution when deleting a RAID set. You will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. To delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume , then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAIDX(xxxxx) X XXX.XGB Normal Yes [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will destroy the volume data on the drive(s) and cause any member disks to become available as non-RAID disks. WARNING: EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Select [<ESC>]-Previous Menu [<Del>]-Delete Volume 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete Volume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! Are you sure you want to delete volume âVolumeXâ? (Y/N): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel ® ® ® ® ® Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility To exit the utility: 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Exit 4. Exit 4. Exit 4. Exit 4. Exit , then press <Enter>. This window appears. Are you sure you want to exit? (Y/N): [ CONFIRM EXIT ] 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Take caution before you reset a RAID volume HDD to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume HDD deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. To reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID , then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A confirmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Resetting RAID data will remove internal RAID structures from the selected RAID disks. By removing these structures, the drive will revert back to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Take caution before you reset a RAID volume HDD to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume HDD deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. To reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] , then press <Enter> to display the following screen. Resetting RAID data will remove the internal RAID structures from the selected RAID disks. By removing these structures the drive will revert back to a Non-RAID disk. [ RESET RAID DATA ] WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.0GB Member Disk 1 STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.0GB Member Disk Select the disk that should be reset [ ]-Previous/Next [ ]-Previous/Next [Space]-Selects [Space]-Selects [Enter]-Selection Complete [Enter]-Selection Complete 2. Use the up or down arrow keys to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A confirmation window appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive; otherwise, press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5. Follow steps 2 to 4 to select and reset other RAID set drives.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows ® 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. You can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support CD) or in Windows ® environment. To create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the first boot priority to boot from the support CD. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer. 5. Press any key when prompted to boot from CD. The Makedisk menu appears. 6. Place a blank, high-density floppy disk to the floppy disk drive, then press the corresponding number to format the floppy disk. The following message displays on screen. Loading FreeDOS FAT KERNEL GO! Press any key to boot from CDROM... 1) Make ICH7R 32-bit RAID driver disk 2) Make ICH7R 64-bit RAID driver disk 3) Make Marvell 88SE6140 SATA2 RAID driver disk 4) Format floppy disk 5) FreeDOS command prompt Please choose 1 ~ 6 7. Press <Enter> to format the floppy disk. 8. When finished, select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create by typing the number preceding the option, then press <Enter>. The following message appears on screen. Insert new diskette for drive B:\ and press ENTER when ready... Please insert your formatted floppy to drive B:\ Press a key to continue. The screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 3. Insert a formatted high-density floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. 4. Follow screen instructions to complete the process. 5. After creating a RAID driver disk, eject the floppy disk, then write-protect it to prevent computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. Install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. During installation, the computer prompts you to press the F6 F6 F6 F6 F 6 key if you are installing a third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6>, then insert the RAID driver disk to the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow screen instructions to install the RAID drivers. To create a RAID driver disk in Windows ® environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Click the Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk menu tab, then select the RAID driver disk you wish to create: ⢠Click Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk t o create an Intel ® ICH7R RAID driver disk for a 32-bit system. ⢠Click Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk t o create an Intel ® ICH7R RAID driver disk for a 64-bit system. ⢠Click Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk t o create a Marvell ® 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID driver disk for a 32-bit system. Or Or Or Or Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility. 9. The RAID drivers are copied to the floppy disk. After creating a RAID driver disk, eject the floppy disk, then write-protect it to prevent computer virus infection. 10. Press any key to return to the Makedisk menu. Refer to section â5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details.
A CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary A A.1 Intel ® EM64T ........................................................................ A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) .................... A-1 A.3 Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology ...................................... A-3
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional A.1 Intel ® EM64T The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPUs with the Intel ® EM64T (Extended Memory 64 Technology). The Intel ® EM64T feature allows your computer to run on 64-bit operating systems and access larger amounts of system memory for faster and more efficient computing. The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel ® LGA 775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. Using the Intel Using the Intel Using the Intel Using the Intel Using the Intel ® ® ® ® ® EM64T feature EM64T feature EM64T feature EM64T feature EM64T feature To use the Intel ® EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPU that supports the Intel ® EM64T. 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows ® XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows ® Server 2003 x64 Edition). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any. Refer to the expansion card or add-on device(s) documentation, or visit the related website, to verify if the card/device supports a 64-bit system. A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) The Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) intelligently manages the CPU resources by automatically adjusting the CPU voltage and core frequency depending on the CPU loading and system speed/power requirement. System requirements System requirements System requirements System requirements System requirements ⢠Intel ® Pentium ® 4 processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS file with EIST support ⢠Operating system with EIST support (Windows ® XP SP2/Windows ® Server 2003 SP1/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions) Using the EIST Using the EIST Using the EIST Using the EIST Using the EIST To use the EIST feature: 1. Turn on the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup. 2. Go to the Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu , highlight CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration , then press <Enter>. 3. Scroll down the options, select the Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology Technology Technology Technology Technology item, then press <Enter>. Refer to the BIOS screen on the next page.
A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features 4. Select Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic (default) from the options, then press <Enter>. Set this item to [Maximum] or [Disabled] if you do not want to use the EIST feature. The CPU constantly operates at a lower internal frequency if you set this item to [Minimum]. 5. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup. 6. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then select Properties Properties Properties Properties Properties from the pop-up menu. 7. When the Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties window appears, click the Screen Screen Screen Screen Screen Saver Saver Saver Saver Saver tab. 8. Click the Power Power Power Power Power button on the Monitor power section to open the Power Power Power Power Power Options Properties Options Properties Options Properties Options Properties Options Properties window. 9 . On the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes section, click , then select any option except Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop o r Always On Always On Always On Always On Always On . 10. Click Apply Apply Apply Apply Apply , then click OK OK OK OK OK . 11. Close the Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties window. After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Configure Advanced CPU settings Frequency : 2800 MHz FSB Speed : 800 MHz Cache L1 : 32 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB Cache L3 : 0 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:14, Min:14) Ratio Actual Value : 14 Ratio CMOS Setting: [ 28] VID CMOS Setting: [ 62] Microcode Updation [Enabled] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Hyper Threading Technology [Enabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Automatic] Maximum: CPU speed is set to maximum. Minimum: CPU speed is set to minimum. Automatic: CPU speed is controlled by the operating system. Disabled: Default CPU speed. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS file that supports EM64T and EIST. You can download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS website (www.asus.com/support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS file. ⢠The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operating system. ⢠Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EM64T and EIST features. ⢠Visit www.microsoft.com for more information on Windows ® 64-bit OS.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional A.3 Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 processors with Hyper-Threading Technology. ⢠Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows ® XP/2003 Server and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows ® XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.com/info/hyperthreading. Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology To use the Hyper-Threading Technology: 1. Install an Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Menu Menu Menu Menu M e n u, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology i s set to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See page 4-26 for details. The BIOS item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 3. Restart the computer.
A-4 A-4 A-4 A-4 A-4 Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features
ii ii ii ii ii E2703 E2703 E2703 E2703 E2703 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 First Edition V1 July 2006 July 2006 July 2006 July 2006 July 2006 Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2006 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair, modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âAS ISâ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe.
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................ vi Safety information ............................................................................. vii About this guide ............................................................................... viii P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary .............................. x Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Intelligence (AI) features .............................. 1-5 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ................................................. 2-3 2.2.4 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-4 2.2.5 Layout contents ..................................................... 2-5 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-7 2.3.1 Installing the CPU .................................................... 2-8 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ...................... 2-10 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan .................. 2-12 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-14 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-14 2.4.2 Memory configurations ......................................... 2-14 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-20 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 2-20 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-21 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-21 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-21 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-22 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots ........................................... 2-23 2.5.5 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-23 2.5.6 PCI-X slots ............................................................ 2-23 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-28 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-31 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-31 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-34
iv iv iv iv iv Contents Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Turning off the computer ..................................................... 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ........................................... 4-5 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility ........................................................ 4-6 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Navigation keys .................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-13 4.2.8 Scroll bar .............................................................. 4-13 4.2.9 General help .......................................................... 4-13 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-14 4.3.4 Language .............................................................. 4-14 4.3.5 Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave ........ 4-15 4.3.6 IDE Configuration .................................................. 4-16 4.3.7 System Information .............................................. 4-18 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-19 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-19 4.4.2 LAN Cable Status ................................................. 4-23 4.4.3 USB Configuration ................................................. 4-24 4.4.4 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-26 4.4.5 Chipset ................................................................. 4-28 4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-30 4.4.7 PCI PnP ................................................................. 4-32
v v v v v Contents 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.5.1 Suspend Mode ...................................................... 4-33 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume ................................ 4-33 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support .................................................. 4-33 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-34 4.5.5 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-34 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-36 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-38 4.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 4-39 4.6.3 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-39 4.6.4 Security ................................................................ 4-41 4.7 Tools ................................................................................... 4-44 4.7.1 EZ Flash 2 ............................................................. 4-44 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile .................................................. 4-45 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-47 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ...................................................... 5-5 5.2.5 Manuals menu ......................................................... 5-6 5.2.6 Contact information ............................................... 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ................................................... 5-7 5.3 Software information ......................................................... 5-11 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................. 5-11 5.3.2 AI NET2 ................................................................ 5-13 5.3.3 AI Gear .................................................................. 5-14 5.3.4 AI Nap ................................................................... 5-16 5.3.5 AI Booster ............................................................. 5-17 5.3.6 ASUS PC Probe II ................................................... 5-18 5.3.7 SoundMAX ® High Definition Audio utility .............. 5-24 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-29 5.4.1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks ............................. 5-30 5.4.2 Intel® RAID configurations ................................... 5-30 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-41
vi vi vi vi vi Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel ® EM64T ........................................................................ A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) .................... A-1 A.3 Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology ...................................... A-3
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adpater or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This user guide contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Typography Typography Typography Typography Typography Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Command Command Command Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iWDG2WSP.ROM
xi xi xi xi xi P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Front Side Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠CrossFire⢠Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN LGA775 socket for Intel ® Coreâ¢2 Duo/Pentium ® D/ Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® CPU support Intel ® Presler 65nm Dual core CPU support Intel ® next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU support Compatible with Intel ® 05B/05A and 04B/04A processors Supports Intel EIST/EM64T/Hyper-Threading Technology Northbridge: Intel ® 975X Express Memory Controller Hub (MCH) Southbridge: Intel ® ICH7R PCI-X Bridge: Intel ® 6702PXH (PXH-V) 1066/800/533 MHz Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support up to 8 GB system memory unbufferred ECC/non-ECC DDR2 667/ 533 MHz memory modules Native DDR2 800 support 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots for discrete graphics cards 2 x PCI-X ® slots 2 x PCI 2.2 slots Supports ATI CrossFire⢠graphics cards Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge supports: - 1 x IDE connector for up to two Ultra DMA 100/66/33 hard disks - 4 x Serial ATA I/II 3.0 Gb/s hard disks with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 configuration - Intel ® Matrix Storage Technology Marvell ® 88SE614x Serial ATA controller supports: - 4 x Serial ATA I/II 3.0 Gb/s hard disks Marvell ® 88E80 52 88E8001 Dual Gigabit LAN controllers - Support teaming function High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition High Definition Audio Audio Audio Audio Audio High definition audio, ADI ® AD1988B SoundMax 7.1 channel CODEC Supports Multi-streaming, Jack-sensing, and Jack-retasking functions Coaxial and optical S/PDIF out ports
xii xii xii xii xii P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary T1 1394a controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a ports Supports up to 8 USB 2.0 ports ASUS AI NET2 ASUS AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Q-Fan2 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS CPU Lock Free AI Quiet ASUS PEG Link 2 (automatic performance tuning for single/dual graphics cards) Precision Tweaker Stack Cool 2 patented fanless cooling technology 8-Phase Power Design Stepless Frequency Selection (SFS) allows FSB tuning from 200 MHz up to 450 MHz at 1 MHz increment Adjustable CPU, memory, and PCI Express x16 voltage 8 Mb Flash ROM, AMI BIOS, Green PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, ACPI 2.0a, SM BIOS 2.3 WOL by PME, WOR by PME, chassis intrusion, PXE, AI NET2 ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 2 x 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12V 2.0 or later standard compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm) IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a IEEE 1394a USB USB USB USB USB ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special ASUS special features features features features features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Manageability Pow Pow Pow Pow Pow er er er er er Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii P5WDG2 WS Professional specifications summary 1 x PS/2 mouse port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x Parallel port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) ports 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 1 x Optical S/PDIF Out port 1 x eSATA port 4 x USB 2.0 ports (5 x USB ports for optional Wi-Fi edition) 8-Channel audio ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x Primary IDE connector 4 x ICH7R Serial ATA connectors 4 x Marvell ® 88SE61x Serial ATA RAID connectors 1 x Optical drive audio connector 1 x Front panel audio connector 2 x USB connectors for four additional USB 2.0 ports 2 x IEEE 1394a port connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x CPU fan connector 2 x Chassis fan connectors 1 x Power fan connector 1 x Serial port (COM1) connector EATX power connectors (24-pin and 2 x 4-pin) System panel connector Device drivers BIOS Flash Utility under DOS ASUS AI Booster ASUS Update ASUS PC Probe 2 Symantec NIS 2006 Microsoft ® DirectX 9.0c Adobe ® Acrobat Reader ® RAID Utility *Specifications are subject to change without notice. Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS ® ® ® ® ® P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional P5WDG2 WS Professional Workstation Workstation Workstation Workstation Workstation motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional motherboard I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules 1 x IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0/GAME module 1 x COM1 module Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 1 x 2-in-1 FDD/ATA/Logo Pull cable 8 x Serial ATA signal cables 4 x Serial ATA power cables for up to 8 devices Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories I/O shield 1 x Wi-Fi antenna (optional) Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD Application CD ASUS motherboard support CD Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer.
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with a 775-pin surface mount Land Grid Array (LGA) socket designed for the Intel ® Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® /Pentium ® D/ Pentium ® Processor Extreme Edition in the 775-land package with 1066/ 800/533 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB). The motherboard also supports the Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology and is fully compatible with Intel ® 05B/ 05A and 04B/04A processors. See page 2-7 for details. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support 65nm Dual-Core CPU support This motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® D/Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® dual-core processors built on the 65-nanometer (nm) process technology with copper interconnect. Dual-core processors contain two physical CPU cores with dedicated L2 caches to meet demands for more powerful processing. Intel ® âs 65nm process is the most advanced chip manufacturing technology, delivering breakthrough performance, enhanced media experience, and low power consumption. Intel ® 65nm dual-core processors utilize the latest package technologies for a thinner, lighter design without compromising performance. This motherboard also supports Intel ® next generation Coreâ¢2 Duo CPU. This motherboard supports the latest Intel ® Coreâ¢2 processors in LGA775 package. With new Intel ® Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1066/800 MHz FSB, Intel ® Coreâ¢2 processor is one of the most powerful and enrgy-efficient CPUs in the world. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset 975X Express/ICH7R chipset The Intel ® 975X Express Memory Controller Hub (MCH) and the ICH7R I/O controller hub provide the vital interfaces for the motherboard. The Intel ® 975X Express is the latest chipset designed to support Dual PCI Express graphics, along with the maximum 8 GB dual-channel DDR2 800/667/533 MHz, 1066/800/533 FSB, and dual-core CPU. The MCH also supports the Intel ® Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) that boosts system performance. The Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge integrates four Serial ATA I/II connectors enabled through the Serial ATA 3 Gb/s RAID controller to ensure data security and enable powerful multi-task processing.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) Technology (EIST) The Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) intelligently manages the CPU resources by automatically adjusting the CPU voltage and core frequency depending on the CPU loading and system speed or power requirement. See page 4-26 and the Appendix for details. DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory, which features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 10.7 GB/s. See page 2-14 for details. PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X PCI-X ® ® ® ® ® interface interface interface interface interface The motherboard supports PCI-X, the new and improved version of the previous PCI standard. PCI-X offers faster data transfers and enhanced system reliability with ECC automatic single-bit error recovery and double-bit error detection. PCI-X, which is backward- compatible with PCI-based hardware and software, enables users to keep pace with upcoming advances in high-bandwidth, business-critical applications such as Fiber Channel, RAID, InfiniBrand⢠Architecture, and iSCSI. See page 2-2 3 for details. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® EM64T EM64T EM64T EM64T EM64T The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPUs with the Intel ® EM64T (Extended Memory 64 Technology). The Intel ® EM64T feature allows your computer to run on 64-bit operating systems and access larger amounts of system memory for faster and more efficient computing. See the Appendix for details. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) Memory Pipeline Technology (MPT) The Intel ® MPT increases system-level and standard operating performance by optimizing memory access between CPU and system memory.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio 8-channel high definition audio Onboard is the ADI AD1988B High Definition Audio 8-channel audio CODEC. This CODEC is fully-compliant with Intel ® High Definition Audio standard (192 KHz, 24-bit audio). With the CODEC, 8-channel audio ports, and S/ PDIF interfaces, you can connect your computer to home theater decoders to produce crystal-clear digital audio. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The motherboard supports the IEEE 1394a interface that provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to IEEE 1394a standards. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple , low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-33 and 2-38 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF technology through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 2-33 for details. PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-2 3 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-33 and 2-38 for details.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution Dual Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with dual Gigabit LAN controllers to provide the total solution for your networking needs. These network controllers use the PCI Express segment to provide faster data bandwidth for your wired or wireless Internet, LAN, and file sharing requirements. See page 2-32 for details. 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features ASUS Intelligence (AI) features Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology Serial ATA I/II technology The motherboard supports the Serial ATA 3 Gb/s technology through the Serial ATA interfaces and the Intel ® 975X Express MCH chipset. The Serial ATA 3 Gb/s specification provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial ATA products with a host of new features, including Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, and Hot Swap. Serial ATA allows thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage requirements. See pages 2-35 and 2-36 for details. ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components by 20ºC. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate. See page 2-3 for details. Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) Trusted Platform Module (TPM) [optional] [optional] [optional] [optional] [optional] The Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a secure microcontroller hardware component with embedded software. The motherboard implements the optional module to provide the first link in the chain of trust, providing convenient single sign-on to systems and enable digital signatures for secure transactions.See page 2-43 for details. AI Quiet AI Quiet AI Quiet AI Quiet AI Quiet The ASUS AI Quiet function dynamically controls CPU speed and reduces temperature and fan speeds, thus minimizing noise and ensuring quiet operation. See page 4-35 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free CPU Lock Free This feature allows you to adjust the CPU multiplier to 14x. Setting the appropriate BIOS setting automatically reduces the CPU multiplier value for more flexibility when increasing external FSB. See page 4-20 for details. 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 memory support Native DDR2-800 eliminates the bottleneck when overclocking both the CPU and the memory, thus maximizing performance for 3D graphics and other system-intensive applications. See pages 2-16 and 4-20 for details. AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking This feature allows convenient overclocking up to 30 percent (depending on the installed CPU and DRAM) to enhance system performance while still maintaining system stability. See page 4-19 to set the BIOS items for overclocking. AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port. During the bootup process, AI NET2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See pages 4-23 and 5-13 for details. PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode This feature enhances your PCI Express graphics card performance by allowing the motherboard to automatically adjust the PCI Express graphics link mode to the correct frequency based on the system configuration. Four additional settings are available for overclocking the PEG Link Mode. See page 4-28 for details.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology The ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-35 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow easier and faster configuration. See page 4-14 for details. ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See pages 4-38 and 5-11 for details. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See page 4-9 for details. ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS ASUS EZ Flash 2 BIOS With the ASUS EZ Flash 2, you can easily update the system BIOS even before loading the operating system. No need to use a DOS-based utility or boot from a floppy disk. See page 4-5 for details.
1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-7 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-14 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-21 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-28 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-30
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity. ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information P5WDG2-WS PRO ® 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ASUS Stack Cool 2 The motherboard comes with the ASUS Stack Cool 2 cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components by 20ºC. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate.
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout The Wireless LAN module and the USB port on the module are optional items and are grayed out in the above illustration. P ANEL P5WDG2-WS PRO ® AAFP CHASSIS 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) CPU_F AN DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) LAN1_USB12 CHA_FAN1 FLOPPY Super I/O 8Mb BIOS TSB43AB22A PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Ke yboard P ARALLEL PORT SPDIF_O1 SPDIF_O2 LAN2_USB34 CD PCIEX16_1 PCIEX16_2 PCI1 PCI2 CLRTC USB56 S ATA1 E S ATA SB_PWR EA TXPWR PRI_IDE CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CHA_FAN2 AUDIO Marvell ® 88E8001 COM1 EA TX12V LGA775 Intel ® 975X MCH IE1394_1 PWR_F AN USB78 PCIX_1 PCIX_2 S ATA3 S ATA2 S ATA4 EXT_SA T A3 Marvell ® 88SE614x Intel ® ICH7R Intel ® 6702PXH (PXH-V) PCIX_SPEED TPM EXT_SA T A2 EXT_SAT A1 IE1394_2 AD1988B Marvell ® 88E8052
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 2.2.5 Layout contents Layout contents Layout contents Layout contents Layout contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-14 2. PCI Express x16 slots 2-23 3. PCI slots 2-23 4. PCI -X slots 2-23 Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-28 2. PCIX speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) 2-29 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-30 2. Parallel port 2-30 3. LAN1 (RJ-45) port 2-30 4. LAN2 (RJ-45) port 2-30 5. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-31 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-31 7. Line In port (light blue) 2-31 8. Line Out port (lime) 2-31 9. Microphone port (pink) 2-31 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-31 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-31 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-31 13. External ATA port 2-32 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-32 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-32 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-32
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-33 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-33 3. ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], 2-34 SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) 4. Marvell ® 88SE614x Serial ATA connectors 2-35 (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) 5. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) 2-36 6. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) 2-36 7. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 [optional] ) 2-37 8. IEEE 1394a port connectors (10-1 pin IE1394_1[Re d]; 10-1 pin IE1394_2 [Red]) 2-37 9. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-38 10. CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 2-39 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 11. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-40 12 . ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x 4-pin E ATX12V) 2-40 13. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) 2-42 14. System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) 2-43 ⢠System power LED ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED ⢠System warning speaker ⢠ATX power button/soft-off button ⢠Reset button
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel ® Pentium ® 4/Celeron ® /Intel ® Pentium ® D processor in the 775-land package. This motherboard also supports the Intel ® Pentium ® Processor Extreme Edition, the latest CPU with embedded dual physical cores and Hyper-Threading technology, making four CPU threads possible. Refer to the table below for the operating system support status. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/ transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. OS licensing support list OS licensing support list OS licensing support list OS licensing support list OS licensing support list Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Intel Dual-Core CPU support Pentium Pentium Pentium Pentium Pentium ® ® ® ® ® Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Processor Extreme Edition Edition Edition Edition Edition (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading (supports Hyper-Threading Technology Technology Technology Technology Technology ) ) ) ) ) Windows ® 2000 Professional Windows ® 2000 Advanced Server Windows ® 2000 Advanced Server Windows ® XP Home Windows ® XP Home Windows ® XP Professional Windows ® XP Professional Windows ® Server 2003 - Standard, Windows ® Server 2003 - Standard, Enterprise Enterprise If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_FAN1 connector to ensure system stability.
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135º angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Retention tab Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever Load lever This side of the This side of the This side of the This side of the This side of the socket box should socket box should socket box should socket box should socket box should face you. face you. face you. face you. face you. PnP cap PnP cap PnP cap PnP cap PnP cap A B To prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU Installing the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO CPU Socket 775
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should fit into the CPU notch. Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Alignment key Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark Gold triangle mark 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. 7. If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_FAN1 connector to ensure system stability. A B The CPU fits in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 processors with the Intel ® Enhanced Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST), and Hyper-Threading Technology. Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and forefinger to a 100º angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate Load plate A B
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Fastener Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole Motherboard hole 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel ® Pentium ® 4 processor, the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel ® -certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Your Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly. Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector. Narrow end Narrow end Narrow end Narrow end Narrow end of the groove of the groove of the groove of the groove of the groove
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. B B A A A A B B 3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO CPU fan connector GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F AN
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan To uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation.
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The figure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 = DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest Qualified Vendors List. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. ⢠This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double sided x16 memory modules. Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A Channel A Channel A Channel A Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B Channel B Channel B Channel B Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations Memory configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered ECC and non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 2-15 ⢠Some old-version DDR2-667 DIMMs may not match Intel ® âs On-Die-Termination (ODT) requirement and will automatically downgrade to run at DDR2-533. If this happens, contact your memory vendor to check the ODT value. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, DDR2-667 with CL=4 will be downgraded to run at DDR2-533 by default setting. If you want to operate with lower latency, adjust the memory timing manually. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, DDR2-533 with CL=3 will be downgraded to run at DDR2-400 by default setting. If you want to operate with lower latency, adjust the memory timing manually. Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows Important notice on installing Windows ® ® ® ® ® XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version XP 32-bit version If you install Windows ® XP 32-bit version Operating System (OS), the limitation of this OS version is that it may reserve a certain amount of memory space for system devices. We recommend that you install less than 3 GB system memory if you would like to work under Windows ® XP 32-bit version OS. The excess memory installation will not cause any usage problem, but it will not give users the benefit of manipulating this excess memory space. Visit the ASUS FAQ site for further explanation: http://support.asus.com/faq/ faq.aspx?SLanguage=en-us Under General search General search General search General search General search , make the selections as shown, then click Search Search Search Search Search . Click the article titled â 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but 4GB memory installed but less memory size detected less memory size detected less memory size detected less memory size detected less memory size detected . â You also may check the URLs below for third party comments on this issue: http://dlsvr01.asus.com/pub/ASUS/mb/4GB_Rev1.pdf ht tp://www.intel.com/support/motherboards/server/sb/cs-016594.htm Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations Notes on memory limitations ⢠Due to chipset limitation, this motherboard can only support up to 8 GB on the operating systems listed below. You may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot, but only DDR2-533 2 GB density modules are available for this configuration. 32-bit 64-bit Windows ® 2000 Advanced Windows ® Server 2003 Standard Server x64 Edition Windows ® Server 2003 Windows ® XP Professional x64 Enterprise Edition Edition Windows ® Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition
2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DDR2-800 MHz capability Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) Qualified Vendors Lists (QVL) (Continued on the next page) 512 MB KINGSTON Heat-Sink Package â SS KHX6400D2/512 â ⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE7 â SS M378T3253FZ3-CE7 â ⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE7(ECC) â SS M391T3253FZ3-CE7 â ⢠512 MB SAMSUNG EDD339XX â SS M378T6553CZ0-CE7 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-S6 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-S6 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-S6 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-S6 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ â SS MT8HTF6464AY-80EA3 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 5JAIIZ9DQQ â DS MT16HTF12864AY-80EA3 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB CORSAIR Heat-Sink Package â SS CM2X512A-6400 â ⢠⢠256 MB A-DATA E2508AB-GE-E â SS M20EL6F3G3160A1D0Z â ⢠256 MB A-DATA E2508AB-GE-E â SS M2OEL6F3G3160A1D0Z â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA E2508AB-GE-E â DS M2OEL6F3H4170A1D0Z â ⢠⢠512 MB Apacer E2508AB-GE-E â DS 78.91091.420 â ⢠⢠Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DDR2-667 MHz capability 512 MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E â SS KVR667D2N5/512 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E â DS KVR667D2N5/1G â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB KINGSTON E5108AE-6E-E â SS KVR667D2E5/512 â ⢠⢠256 MB KINGSTON HYB18T256800AF3 â SS KVR667D2N5/256 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 â SS M378T3253FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6 â DS M378T6453FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6(ECC) â SS M391T3253FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-ZCE6(ECC) â DS M391T6453FZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T51163QC-ZCE6 â SS M378T3354CZ0-CE6 â ⢠512 MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC â SS M378T6553CZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB SAMSUNG ZCE6K4T51083QC â DS M378T2953CZ0-CE6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB MICRON 4SB42D9CZM â SS MT8HTF3264AY-667B5 â ⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 4VB41D9CZM â DS MT16HTF6464AY-667B4 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB MICRON 5FB42D9DPN â SS MT8HTF3264AY-667B6 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3S â SS HYS64T32000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S â SS HYS64T64000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S â DS HYS64T128020HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T256800AF3S(ECC) â SS HYS72T32000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) â SS HYS72T64000HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠â¢
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DDR2-667 MHz capability 1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF3S(ECC) â DS HYS72T128020HU-3S-A â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS1G831FP-Y5(ECC) â SS HYMP112U72P8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) â SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y5(ECC) â DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) â SS HYMP564U72AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-Y4(ECC) â DS HYMP512U72AP8-Y4 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB ELPIDA E2508AB-GE-E â SS EBE25UC8ABFA-6E-E â ⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AE-GE-E â SS EBE51UD8AEFA-6E-E â ⢠256 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â SS BL3264AA664.8FB â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â D S BL6464AA664.16FB â ⢠⢠1024 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â DS BL12864AA664.16FA â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â DS BL12864AL664.16FA â ⢠512 MB Kingmax E5108AE-6E-E â SS KLCC28F-A8EB5 â ⢠1024 MB Kingmax E5108AE-6E-E â DS KLCD48F-A8EB5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Apacer E5108AE-6E-E â SS 78.91092.420 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Apacer E5108AE-6E-E â DS 78.01092.420 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB A-DATA E5108AE-6E-E â SS M20EL5G3H3160B1C0Z â ⢠⢠Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) : SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support : A A A A A - Supports one module inserted into either slot, in Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either Channel A or Channel B as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports four modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667 MHz QVL.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information DDR2-533 MHz capability Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Chip No. Brand Brand Brand Brand Brand Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. CL CL CL CL CL A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support 256 MB KINGSTON E5116AB-5C-E â SS KVR533D2N4/256 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB KINGSTON HY5PS56821F-C4 â DS KVR533D2N4/512 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB KINGSTON D6408TE7BL-37 â DS KVR533D2N4/1G â ⢠⢠⢠2048 MB KINGSTON E1108AA-5C-E â DS KVR533D2N4/2G â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5 â SS M378T6553BG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 â SS M378T3253FG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5 â D S M378T6453FG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠512 MB SAMSUNG K4T56083QF-GCD5(ECC) â DS M391T6453FG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB SAMSUNG K4T51083QB-GCD5(ECC) â DS M391T2953BG0-CD5 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 4FBIID9BQM â DS MT16HTF6464AG-53EB2 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB MICRON 4DBIIZ9BQT â SS â â ⢠256 MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM â SS MT8HTF3264AY-53EB3 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB MICRON 4FBIID9CHM â DS MT16HTF6464AY-53EB2 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB MICRON 4MAIID9CRZ(ECC) â DS MT18HTF12872AY-53EA1 â ⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AC37 â SS HYS64T64000GU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T512160AF-3.7 â SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 â SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800AF37 â DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-A â ⢠⢠⢠2048 MB Infineon HYB18T1G800AF-3.7 â DS HYS64T256020HU-3.7-A â ⢠256 MB Infineon HYB18T5121608BF-3.7 â SS HYS64T32000HU-3.7-B â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 â SS HYS64T64000HU-3.7-B â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB Infineon HYB18T512800BF37 â DS HYS64T128020HU-3.7-B â ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 â SS HYMP564U648-C4 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4(ECC) â SS HYMP564U728-C4 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4 â DS HYMP512U648-C4 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821F-C4(ECC) â DS HYMP512U728-C4 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4(ECC) â SS HYMP564U728-C4 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821FP-C4 â DS HYMP512U648-C4 â ⢠⢠512 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 â SS HYMP564U64AP8-C3 â ⢠⢠1024 MB Hynix HY5PS12821AFP-C3 â DS HYMP512U64AP8-C3 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E(ECC) â SS EBE51ED8ABFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E â SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E â SS EBE51UD8ABFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB ELPIDA E5108AB-5C-E â DS EBE11UD8ABFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠2048 MB ELPIDA E1108AA-5C-E â DS EBE21EE8AAFA-5C-E â ⢠⢠256 MB CORSAIR MIII0051832M8CEC â SS VS256MB533D2 â ⢠⢠512 MB CORSAIR MI110052432M8CEC â DS VS512MB533D2 â ⢠⢠256 MB Apacer E5116AB-5C-E â SS 78.81077.420 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB Apacer â â SS 73.963B3.800 â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â SS BL3264AA53V.8FB â ⢠⢠512 MB crucial Heat-Sink Package â DS BL6464AA53V.16FB â ⢠⢠⢠256 MB KINGMAX E5116AB-5C-E â SS KLBB68F-36EP4 â ⢠⢠⢠512 MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E â SS KLBC28F-A8EB4 â ⢠⢠⢠1024 MB KINGMAX E5108AE-5C-E â DS KLBD48F-A8EB4 â ⢠⢠512 MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 â SS TS64MLQ64V5J â ⢠⢠1024 MB Transcend K4T51083QB-GCD5 â DS TS128MLQ64V5J â ⢠⢠(Continued on the next page)
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) Side(s) : SS SS SS SS S S - Single-sided DS DS DS DS D S - Double-sided DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support : A A A A A - Supports one module inserted into either slot, in Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B - Supports one pair of modules inserted into either Channel A or Channel B as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C - Supports four modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-533 MHz QVL.
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. To install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM To remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 1 2 1
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 0 1 System Timer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 3 11 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 â â â â â shared â â PCI slot 2 â â â â â â shared â PCIX slot 1 â â shared â â â â â PCIX slot 2 â â â shared â â â â Onboard SATA shared â â â â â â â Onboard 1394 â â â â â shared â â Onboard LAN 1/2 shared â â â â shared â â PCIE x16 1 shared â â â â â â â PCIE x16 2 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 1 shared â â â â â â â USB controller 2 â shared â â â â â â USB controller 3 â â shared â â â â â USB controller 4 â â â shared â â â â USB 2.0 controller shared â â â â â â â Serial ATA â shared â â â â â shared HD Audio shared â â â â â â â
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard supports two ATI CrossFire⢠PCI Express x16 graphics cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows two graphics cards installed on the PCI Express x16 slots. Refer to the next page for the list of qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards for this motherboard. ⢠In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode In CrossFire⢠mode , install the master card in PCIEX16_1 (blue slot). Each PCI Express x16 slot works at x8 bandwidth. ⢠In single card mode In single card mode In single card mode In single card mode In single card mode , install the VGA card in PCIEX16_1 (blue slot) to avail of full x16 bandwidth. Installing in PCIEX16_2 (black slot) will cause the card to run at x8 bandwidth only. ⢠Connect the EZ Plug⢠when using two graphics cards and a 20-pin ATX power supply, or if the cards do not have auxiliary power plugs. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 PCI-X slots PCI-X slots PCI-X slots PCI-X slots PCI-X slots The PCI-X slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI-X 1.0 specifications. The figure shows a RAID card installed on a PCI-X slot.
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Abit RX600XT-PCIE V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass ATI Radeon X600XT Rev. B (BIOS: V008.015) Albatron PCX5750 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5750 (BIOS: V4.36.20.38) Albatron PC6200 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 BIOS: V5.43.02.27) Albatron PC6600GT V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) ASUS EAX300 V6.14.10.6525 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X300 Rev: V1.00 (BIOS: V5b60.8.15.117.0) ASUS EAX300SE V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X300SE Rev: V1.00 (Chinese-Traditional) (BIOS: V5b60.8.15.117.0) ASUS EAX300SE-HM128 V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Home Pass ATI Radeon X300SE Rev: V1.00 (Hyper Memory) (BIOS: V008.015.128.000) ASUS EAX300SE-X V6.14.10.6553 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI Radeon X300SE Rev: V1.00 (BIOS: V008.015.117.000) ASUS EAX550GE 256M V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X550 (BIOS: V5B60.8.15.139. AS01) ASUS EAX600XT V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X600XT Rev. V1.02 (BIOS:V113-AA20306-100-AS) ASUS EAX700 V6.14.10.6525 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X700 (BIOS: V5E4D.9.7.1.3. A901) ASUS EAX700-X 128M V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X700LE Rev. V1.00a (BIOS: V009.008.001.004) ASUS EAX700LE 128M V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Home Pass ATI Radeon X700LE (BIOS: V5E4D.9.8.1.4. AS13) ASUS EAX700PRO V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X700PRO Rev. V1.00 (Chinese-Traditional) (BIOS: V113-AA.30602-100) ASUS EAX800 V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800 (BIOS: V554F.9.7.1.AS02) ASUS EAX800PRO V8.172.0.0 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800PRO Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5549.9.4.1.10.AS) ASUS EAX800XL V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800XL Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V554D.9.7.1.AS02) ASUS EAX800XT V6.14.10.6553 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI Radeon X800XT Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5D57.9.4.1.8.AS) ASUS EAX850PRO V8.172.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850PRO (BIOS: V5D4F.9.7.1.4.AS02) ASUS EAX850XT 256MB V6.14.10.6553 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI Radeon X850XT Rev. PN: 109-A47401-10 (BIOS: V009.007.001.004) ASUS EAX850XT PE V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850XT PE Rev. PN: 109-A47401-10 (BIOS: V009.007.001.004) ASUS EN5750/128 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5750 Rev. 1.01 (BIOS: V04.32.20.38.00) (Continued on the next page) Model Model Model Model Model Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards ASUS EN5900 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5900 Rev. 1.01 (BIOS: V04.35.20.45) ASUS EN6200GE V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev V1.00A (BIOS: V5.43.02.27.AS07) ASUS EN6600GT V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5.43.02.16.AS27) ASUS EN6800LE V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800LE Rev. V1.00 (BIOS: V5.41.02.34.AS01) ASUS EN6800GT V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Home Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800GT Rev. V1.02 (BIOS: V5.40.02.26.AS05) ASUS EN6800ULTRA V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800ULTRA (BIOS: V5.40.02.32.AS07) ASUS EN7800GTX 256MB V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 7800GTX (BIOS: V5.70.02.11.01) ATI Radeon X850 CrossFire V8.182.0.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850 (BIOS: V009.010.001.015) ELSA Falcox X85 XT 256B3 DTV V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X850 XT Rev: PN: 109 A47401-10 (Chinese-Traditional) (BIOS: 009.007.001.004) ELSA Gladiac PCX 935 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce PCX5900 Rev. W01-46W53 (BIOS: V4.35.20.45.E0) ELSA Gladiac 660GT 128MB3 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev: 2B (BIOS: V5.43.02.46.E1) ELSA Gladiac 780GTX 256B3 V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 7800GTX (BIOS: V5.70.02.11.E1) Gigabyte GV-NX68T256D-B V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800 Rev: B (BIOS: V5.40.02.36.09) Gigabyte GV-RX70P128D V6.14.10.6546 Windows ® XP Home Pass ATI Radeon X700PRO Rev: 1.1 (BIOS: V009.004.001.032) Leadtek WinFast PX6200 TD V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev. A1 (BIOS: V5.43.02.36.68) Leadtek WinFast PX6600GT TDH V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev. A (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) Leadtek WinFast PX6800GT TD256M V6.14.10.8185 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6800GT Rev. C1 (BIOS: V5.40.02.32) MSI NX6600GT-TD128E V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600GT Rev.V200 (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) MSI RX600XT-TD128 V8.172.0.0 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass ATI Radeon X600XT Rev.V2.00 (BIOS: V8.015) PowerColor Radeon X800GT 256M V6.14.10.6525 Windows ® XP Pro Pass ATI Radeon X800GT (BIOS: V009.010.001.015) Model Model Model Model Model Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards Qualified PCI Express x16 graphics cards (Workstation level) (Workstation level) (Workstation level) (Workstation level) (Workstation level) 3Dlabs Wildcat Realizm V4.5.854.0 Windows ® XP Pro Pass 3Dlabs Wildcat Realizm P25 500 256M Rev. 08 (BIOS: V3.37 ASUS EN6200TC128/T/16M V6.14.10.7777 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev V1.01 (with Turbo cache) (BIOS: V5.44.02.11) ASUS EN6600 128M V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Home Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600 Rev V1.00A (BIOS: V5.43.02.61) ASUS EN6600 256M V6.14.10.7777 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600 Rev V1.00A (BIOS: V5.43.02.16.AS11) ASUS EN7800GT 256MB V6.14.10.7189 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass nVIDIA GeForce 7800GT Rev: V1.00 (BIOS: V5.70.02.13.AS01) ATI FireMV2200 V8.191.0.0 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI FireMV 2200 (BIOS: V113.A25915.100) ELSA Gladiac 620TC 128T DVT V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev. 1A (with Turbo cache) (BIOS: V5.44.02.11.E1) ELSA Gladiac 660LE 256MB V6.14.10.8195 Windows ® XP-64 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600LE Rev: 3C (BIOS: V5.43.02.69.E2) ELSA ATI Fire GL V3100 V8.191.0.0 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass ATI FireGL V3100 (BIOS: V113.A33429.100) FOX Quadro NVS 285 V6.14.10.8195 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA Quadro NVS 285 (BIOS: V5.44.02.31.16) Gigabyte GV-NX62TC256D8 V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200TC (BIOS: V5.44.02.32) Leadtek WinFast PX6200TC 64M V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6200 Rev. A (with Turbo cache) (BIOS: V5.44.02.18) Leadtek WinFast PX6600 TDH V6.14.10.7801 Windows ® 2000 Pro Pass nVIDIA GeForce 6600 Rev. A1 (BIOS: V5.43.02.16) Leadtek Quadro FX540 128M V6.14.10.7718 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA Quadro FX540 (BIOS:V5.43.02.64.35) Leadtek Quadro FX1400 128M V6.14.10.8195 Windows ® XP Pro Pass nVIDIA Quadro FX1400 (BIOS:V5.41.02.43.03) Model Model Model Model Model Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version Driver Version OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards Qualified RAID cards SATA disk controllers SATA RAID controllers SCSI disk controller SCSI RAID controllers Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Promise SATAII 150 TX2 Plus PCI2, PCIX_2 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC20575 (BIOS: V1.00.0.28) Promise SATAII 150 TX4 PCI1, PCIX_1 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC40518 (BIOS: V1.00.0.28) Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Promise FastTrak S150 TX4 PCI2, PCIX_1 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC20319 (BIOS: V1.00.0.37) Promise FastTrak TX2200 PCI1 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass Promise PDC20571 (BIOS: V2.00.0.23) Promise FastTrak TX4200 PCIX_2 Windows ® XP Pro Pass Promise PDC40519 (BIOS: V2.00.0.23) Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Adaptec AAR2410SA PCIX_2 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass Adaptec 2410SA (BIOS: V4.2-0) Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Type: PCI Adaptec ASC-29320 PCI1, PCIX_1 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass AIC-7902 Rev.C (BIOS: V4.10.1) Model Model Model Model Model Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface Connect Interface OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment OS Environment Status Status Status Status Status Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X Type: PCI-X ASUS PXL-S30 PCIX_2 Windows ® XP Pro Pass LSI LS153C1030 Rev.1.04 (BIOS:V5.07.03) Intel ® SRCU42L Ultra320 PCIX_1 Windows ® XP Pro Pass LSI Logic-22320 PCIX_1 Windows ® 2003 Standard Pass
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.6 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear RTC (Default) 12 23
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) PCI-X Speed setting (6-pin PCIX_SPEED) This jumper allows you to set the PCI-X slotsâ maximum frequency capability. Default setting [Auto]: a single PCI-X card installed on a PCI-X slot can provide 133 MHz capability, and two PCI-X cards installed on both PCI-X slots can provide 100 MHZ capability for reliability. 3~4: the slots will have 133 MHZ capability whether you install one or two cards. 5~6: the slots will have 100 MHZ capability whether you install one or two cards. 13 5 24 6 13 5 24 6 13 5 24 6 P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO PCIX Speed setting PCIX_SPEED AUTO by PCIX Card (Default) Force PCI-X 133MHz Force PCI-X 100MHz
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information DNR DNR DNR DNR D N R - Driver Not Ready 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 11 4 6 13 1 16 2 15 14 12 3 5 7 8 9 10 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Description Description Description Description Description OFF OFF Soft-off Mode YELLOW* OFF 10 Mbps connection YELLOW* ORANGE 100 Mbps connection YELLOW* GREEN 1 Gbps connection 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications * Blinking Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Activity/Link Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Speed LED Description Description Description Description Description DNR DNR Soft-off Mode DNR DNR 10 Mbps connection DNR DNR 100 Mbps connection DNR DNR 1 Gbps connection 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. LAN1 (RJ-45) port. This Marvell ® LAN port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. LAN2 (RJ-45) port. This Marvell ® LAN port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. Item numbers 9, 10, and 11 are only for the optional Wireless LAN module.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects a tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel Refer to the audio configuration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 10 . 10 . 10 . 10 . 10 . Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. External SATA port. This port connects to an external SATA box or a Serial ATA port multiplier. The external SATA port supports external Serial ATA 1.5 and 3 Gb/s devices. Longer cables support higher power requirements to deliver signal up to two meters away, and enables improved hot-swap function. Do not insert a different connector to this port.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-33 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA (133/)100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray. Connect the blue connector to the motherboard's IDE connector, then select one of the following modes to configure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE
2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠These connectors are set to Standard IDE Standard IDE Standard IDE Standard IDE Standard IDE mode by default. In S S S S S tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE mode, you can connect Serial ATA boot/data hard disk drives to these connectors. If you intend to create a Serial ATA RAID set using these connectors, set the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section â4.3.6 IDE Configurationâ for details. ⢠For RAID 5, use at least three hard disk drives. For RAID 10, use at least four hard disk drives. Use two to four Serial ATA hard disk drives for each RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], ICH7R Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1 [red], SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) SATA2 [red], SATA3 [black], SATA4 [black]) These connectors are for Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 configuration with the Intel ® Matrix Storage Technology through the onboard Intel ® ICH7R RAID controller. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO SA T A connectors S ATA 1 S ATA 4 S ATA 3 S ATA 2 GND SA T A_TXP0 SA T A_TXN0 GND SA T A_RXN0 SA T A_RXP0 GND GND SA T A_TXP1 SA T A_TXN1 GND SA T A_RXN1 SA T A_RXP1 GND GND SA T A_TXP2 SA T A_TXN2 GND SA T A_RXN2 SA T A_RXP2 GND GND SA T A_TXP3 SA T A_TXN3 GND SA T A_RXN3 SA T A_RXP3 GND If any device jumper is set as "Cable-Select," make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. Black or gray Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Drive jumper Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable setting setting setting setting setting of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) of device(s) connector connector connector connector connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black Two devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Slave Slave
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 2-35 Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠You must install Windows ® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows ® XP Service Pack 1 before using Serial ATA hard disk drives. The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0/RAID 1/RAID 5/RAID 10) is available only if you are using Windows ® 2000/XP/Server 2003 or later version. ⢠When using the connectors in S S S S S tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE tandard IDE mode, connect the primary (boot) hard disk drive to the SATA1 or SATA2 connector. Refer to the table below for the recommended SATA hard disk drive connections. Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Serial ATA hard disk drive connection Connector Connector Connector Connector Connector Color Color Color Color Color Setting Setting Setting Setting Setting Use Use Use Use Use SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 SATA1/SATA2 Red Red Red Red Red Master Master Master Master Master Boot disk Boot disk Boot disk Boot disk Boot disk SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 SATA3/SATA4 Black Black Black Black Black Slave Slave Slave Slave Slave Data disk Data disk Data disk Data disk Data disk 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Marvell Marvell Marvell Marvell Marvell ® ® ® ® ® 88SE614x 88SE614x 88SE614x 88SE614x 88SE614x Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors Serial ATA connectors (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) (7-pin EXT_SATA1, EXT_SATA2, EXT_SATA3) These connectors are for Serial ATA signal cables. These connectors support Serial ATA hard disk drives. Set the Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller Marvell SATA Controller and Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM Marvell SATA BOOTROM items in the BIOS to [Enabled] to use the connectors to build a RAID set. See section â4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configurationâ for details. Before creating a RAID set using Serial ATA hard disks, make sure that you have connected the Serial ATA signal cables and installed Serial ATA hard disk drives; otherwise, you cannot enter the Marvell ® 88SE6141 RAID utility. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO SA T A 3 Gbps connector EXT_SA T A3 EXT_SA T A2 EXT_SA T A1 GND RSA T A_TX_0_DP RSA T A_TX_0_DN GND RSA T A_RX_0_DN RSA T A_RX_0_DP GND GND RSA T A_TX_1_DP RSA T A_TX_1_DN GND RSA T A_RX_1_DN RSA T A_RX_1_DP GND GND RSA T A_TX_2_DP RSA T A_TX_2_DN GND RSA T A_RX_2_DN RSA T A_RX_2_DP GND
2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin AAFP) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports either HD Audio or legacy ACâ97 audio standard. ⢠We recommend that you connect a high-definition front panel audio module to this connector to avail of the motherboardâs High Definition Audio capability. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) Optical drive audio connector (4-pin CD) This connector is for the 4-pin audio cable that connects to the audio connector at the back of the optical drive. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Internal audio connector CD (black) Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Front panel audio connector AAFP Legacy ACâ97-compliant pin definition HD-Audio-compliant pin definition SENSE2_RETUR PORT1 L PORT2 R PORT2 L SENSE1_RETUR SENSE_SEND PORT1 R PRESENCE# AGND NC MIC_L Line out_R Line out_L NC NC MIC_R NC AGND
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 2-37 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78 [optional [optional [optional [optional [optional ] ] ] ] ] ) ) ) ) ) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. USB78 is for the optional Wireless LAN module and the fifth USB port on the rear panel for the Wi-Fi add-on configuration. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 a a a a a port connector port connector port connector port connector port connector s s s s s (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ (10-1 pin IE1394_ 1; 1; 1; 1; 1; 10-1 pin 10-1 pin 10-1 pin 10-1 pin 10-1 pin IE1394_2) IE1394_2) IE1394_2) IE1394_2) IE1394_2) These connectors are for additional IEEE 1394a ports. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cables to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB port module cable USB port module cable USB port module cable USB port module cable USB port module cable t o the IEEE 1394 connector. Doing so will damage the motherboard! P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO IEEE 1394 connectors IE1394_1 TP A1- GND TPB1- 12V GND TP A1 GND TPB1 12V IE1394_2 TP A2- GND TPB2- 12V GND TP A2 GND TPB2 12V
2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 2-38 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âChassis Signalâ and âGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default)
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 2-39 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, CPU, Chassis, and Power Fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) 3-pin PWR_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHA_FAN2) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 2000 mA (24 W max.) or a total of 1 A ~ 3 .48 A (41.7 6 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. Only the CPU_FAN and CHA_FAN1 connectors support the ASUS Q-Fan 2 feature. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled CHA_FAN1 for better thermal environment. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN2 PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V GND SPEED CHASSIS F AN POWER CPU_F AN PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CHA_F AN2
2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 2-40 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x4 -pin -pin -pin -pin -pin E E E E E ATX12V) ATX12V) ATX12V) ATX12V) ATX12V) These connectors are for ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO COM port connector PIN 1 COM1 P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO A TX power connectors EA TXPWR EA TX12V 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-41 2-41 2-41 2-41 2-41 ⢠You may use a 4-pin ATX12V power plug for this connector. ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin ATX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. Connecting other power plug types may cause serious damage to the system. Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements Important notes on motherboard power requirements ⢠For a fully configured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with ATX 12 V Specification 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 400 W. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 8-pin/4-pin EATX12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Make sure that the PSU can support at least 8 A on the 12V_1 lead and 13 A on the 12V_2 lead. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 graphics cards, use a PSU with 450 to 500 W power to ensure system stability. ⢠To support an Intel ® Dual-Core CPU up to 840 Extreme Edition, make sure that the PSU can provide at least DC 16A (peak 22A) on the 12V_2 lead. Connect a Connect a Connect a Connect a Connect a 4-pin power 4-pin power 4-pin power 4-pin power 4-pin power plug here plug here plug here plug here plug here Remove the cap Remove the cap Remove the cap Remove the cap Remove the cap before using an before using an before using an before using an before using an 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 8-pin power plug 2x4-pin EATX12V
2-42 2-42 2-42 2-42 2-42 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) TPM connector (20-1 pin TPM) This connector supports a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) system, which can securely store keys, digital certificates, passwords, and data. A TPM system also helps enhance network security, protects digital identities, and ensures platform integrity. The TPM module is purchased separately. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO TPM connector CK_33M_TPM LFRAMEn LRESETn LAD3 3.3V LAD0 3.3V X GND LPC_PD# GND smb_clk_main smb_data_main LAD2 LAD1 GND X SERIRQ X X TPM 1
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 2-43 2-43 2-43 2-43 2-43 ⢠System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED System power LED This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED Hard disk drive activity LED This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker System warning speaker This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button ATX power button/soft-off button This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button Reset button This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) System panel connector (12-pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. P5WDG2-WS PRO ® P5WDG2-WS PRO System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWRSW PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
2-44 2-44 2-44 2-44 2-44 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Turning off the computer ..................................................... 3-2
ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS ASUS P5WDG2-WS 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems with ATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âgreenâ standards or if it has a âpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes AMI BIOS beep codes Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Beep Description Error Error Error Error Error One beep Keyboard controller error Refresh Time error No master drive detected Two continuous beeps followed by Floppy controller failure two short beeps Two continuous beeps followed by Hardware component failure four short beeps 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows ® 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK O K button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. If you are using Windows ® XP or later version: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows ® shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section â4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 4 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-14 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-19 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-32 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.7 Tools menu ......................................................................... 4-44 4.8 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-47
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows ® environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 3. ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 4. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities. Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities U t i l i t i e s screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows ® environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . Quit all Windows ® applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail of all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows ® XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows ® desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows ® ® ® ® ® XP users: XP users: XP users: XP users: XP users: Select Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup Create an MS-DOS startup disk disk disk disk disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows ® 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows ® 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows ® 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. In the Open Open Open Open Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D is your optical drive letter. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash 2 utility is built in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard and rename the same to WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM . 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk or a USB flash disk, then restart the system. 3. You can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the floppy disk / USB flash disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive or the USB port. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. ⢠This function can supp ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 4. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done. (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go th the Tools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. You can switch between drives by pressing <Tab> before the correct file is found. Then press <Enter>. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: P5WDG2-WS Pro VER: 0204 DATE: 07/04/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown A: [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC PATH: A:\
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS file. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS file to the floppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. Reading flash ..... done Write to file...... ok A:\> 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS file in DOS environment using a bootable floppy disk with the updated BIOS file. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS file that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Main filename Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name Extension name 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /o[filename] where the [filename] is any user-assigned filename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main filename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom ⢠Make sure that the floppy disk is not write-protected and has at least 1.2 MB free space to save the file. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudos /i[filename] where [filename] is the latest or the original BIOS file on the bootable floppy disk. Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file Updating the BIOS file To update the BIOS file using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. Save the BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk. A:\>afudos /iWDG2WSP.rom Write the BIOS filename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS filename at the DOS prompt. A:\>afudos /iWDG2WSP.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ....... done Reading flash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing flash ...... done Writing flash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%) 4. The utility verifies the file and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iWDG2WSP.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during flash BIOS Reading file ....... done Reading flash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing flash ...... done Writing flash ...... done Verifying flash .... done Please restart your computer A:\>
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from a floppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy found! Reading file âWDG2WSP.ROMâ. Completed. Start flashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM WDG2WSP.ROM .
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy... Floppy not found! Checking for CD-ROM... CD-ROM found! Reading file âWDG2WSP.ROMâ. Completed. Start flashing... When no floppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Bad BIOS checksum. Starting BIOS recovery... Checking for floppy...
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable firmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âRun Setup.â This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM or the firmware hub. The firmware hub on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On-Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section â4.7 Exit Menu.â ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard.
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Tools Tools Tools Tools Tools For configuring options for special functions Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 07/05/2006] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time. Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys Navigation keys General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user- configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to â4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not fit on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> / <Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 4.2.9 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Main menu items Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Scroll bar Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Advanced Chipset settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in the sections below may cause system to malfunction. Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Memory Acceleration Mode [Auto] DRAM Idle Timer [Auto] DRAm Refresh Rate [Auto] Graphic Adapter Priority [AGP/PCI] Graphics Aperture Size [ 64 MB] Spread Spectrum [Enabled] ICH Delayed Transaction [Enabled] MPS Revision [1.4] Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window System Time [11:51:19] System Date [Wed 11/02/2005] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Language [English] Primary IDE Master [ST320413A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB], or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main Main Main Main Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [English] [Français] [Deutsch] [Japanese] [Chinese (GB)] [Chinese BIG5] Refer to section â4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit System Time [10:55:25] System Date [Mon 07/05/2006] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in] Primary IDE Master [ST320410A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CD-S520/A] Third IDE Master [Not Detected] Third IDE Slave [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Master [Not Detected] Fourth IDE Slave [Not Detected] IDE Configuration System Information Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a field. Use [ ] or [-] to configure the System Time.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave Primary, Third, and Fourth IDE Master/Slave The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are specifically configuring a CD-ROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media Device) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. Configuration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sector transfer mode. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Primary IDE Master Device : Hard Disk Vendor : ST320413A Size : 20.0GB LBA Mode : Supported Block Mode : 16 Sectors PIO Mode : Supported Async DMA : MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA : Ultra DMA-5 SMART Monitoring: Supported Type [Auto] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-sector Transfer) M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled]
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. Configuration options: [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Sets the configuration for the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial ATA features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5, or the Intel ® Matrix Storage Technology configuration from the Serial ATA hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. If you want to use the Serial ATA hard disk drives as Parallel ATA physical storage devices, keep the defaul setting [Standard IDE]. IDE Configuration Configure SATA As [Standard IDE] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Enhanced Mode Support On [S-ATA] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] When in AHCI/RAID mode SATA controller is forced to Native mode. 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the configurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you want to configure the item.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 If you want the Serial ATA hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Controller Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI]. For details on AHCI, go to: www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012304.htm www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012305.htm The SATA controller is set to Native mode when this item is set to [RAID] or [AHCI] The Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode and its sub-menu items appear only when the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item is set to [Standard IDE]. Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Onboard IDE Operate Mode [Enhanced Mode] Allows selection of the IDE operation mode depending on the installed operating system (OS). Set to [Enhanced Mode] if you are using OS supporting native mode, including Windows ® 2000/XP. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Compatible Mode] [Enhanced Mode] If you are using a Serial ATA optical drive, set this item to [Compatible Mode] before creating a boot disk using the support CD. Enhanced Mode Support On [S-ATA] Allows you to use OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode OS supporting native mode o n Serial ATA and Parallel ATA ports. It is recommend that you do not change the default setting for better OS compatibility. In this setting, you may use legacy OS on the Parallel ATA ports only if you do not install any Serial ATA device. The P-ATA S-ATA and P-ATA options are for advanced users only. If you set to any of these options and encountered problems, revert to the default setting S-ATA S-ATA S-ATA S-ATA S-ATA . Configuration options: [S-ATA P-ATA] [S-ATA] [P-ATA] Combined Mode Option [Primary P-ATA S-ATA] Allows you to choose the IDE ports to be used. Configuration options: [Primary P-ATA S-ATA] [S-ATA only] [P-ATA only] The [S-ATA only] and [P-ATA only] options are for advanced users only. If you set to any of these options and encounter problems, revert to the default setting [Primary P-ATA S-ATA]. The Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option Combined Mode Option item appears when you set the Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode Onboard IDE Operate Mode t o [Compatible Mode].
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 System Information System Information System Information System Information System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system specifications. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Processor Processor Processor Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU specification. System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory. AMIBIOS Version : 0201 Build Date : 07/03/06 Processor Type : Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Speed : 2800 MHz Count : 2 System Memory Total : 512MB Appropritated : 0MB Available : 512MB Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROOM [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard Serial ATA boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM appears only when the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item is set to [RAID]. ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] ALPE and ASP [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Agressive Link Power Management (ALPE) and Aggressive Slumber/Partial (ASP) management features. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP ALPE and ASP and its sub-menu item appear only when the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item is set to [AHCI]. IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] IDE Detect Time Out(Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting ATA/ATAPI devices. Configuration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. JumperFree Configuration LAN Cable Status USB Configuration CPU Configuration Chipset Onboard Devices Configuration PCIPnP 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] AI Overclocking [Auto] Allows you to select the overclocking options to achieve the desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configiuration options. Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual - allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto - loads the optimal settings for the system. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. - the ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile - loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. Adjust system frequency/voltage. Configure System Frequency/Voltage AI Overclocking [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Stable Mode [Disabled] Select the targe CPU frequency, and the relevant parameters will be auto-adjusted. Frequencies higher than CPU manufacturer recommends are not guaranteed to be stable. If the system becomes unstable, return to the default.
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The following item appears only when you install a CPU that supports the lock free feature. Only some latest CPUs support this feature CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] CPU Lock Free [Auto] This feature allows you to adjust the CPU multiplier to 14x. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the motherboard to automatically reduce the CPU multiplier value for more flexibility when increasing external FSB. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] The following item appears only when you set the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item to [Manual]. CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] CPU Frequency [XXX] Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > < > < > < > < > and <-> <-> <-> <-> < - > keys to adjust the CPU frequency. You can also type the desired CPU frequency using the numeric keypad. The values range from 100 to 450. DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [DDR2-400MHz] [DDR2-533MHz] [DDR2-600MHz] [DDR2-667MHz] [DDR2-800MHz] [DDR2-889MHz] [DDR2-1066MHz] Selecting a very high DRAM frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Performance Mode [Auto] Allows enhanced system performance. Setting to [Turbo] may cause the system to become unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting [Auto]. Configuration options: [Auto] [Standard] [Turbo] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] PCI Express Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the PCI Express frequency. This item is set to [Auto] by default. Configuration options: [Auto] [90] ~ [150] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] PCI Clock Synchronization Mode [Auto] Allows you to synchronize the PCI frequency with the PCI Express or CPU frequency. Configuration options: [To CPU] [33.33MHz] [Auto] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] CPU Clock Spread Spectrum [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the CPU clock spread spectrum. Configuration options: [ Disabled] [Enabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] PCIE Clock Spread Spectrum [Disaabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express clock spread spectrum. Configuration options: [ Disabled] [Enabled] The following items also appear when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [AI NOS]. Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the DDR2 reference voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.80V] [1.90V] [1.95V] [2.00V] [2.05V] [2.10V] [2.15V] [2.20V] [2.25V] [2.30V] [2.35V] [2.40V] Refer to the DDR2 documentation before adjusting the memory voltage. Setting a very high memory voltage may damage the memory module(s)! CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] CPU VCore Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the CPU VCore voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.7000V] [1.6875V] [1.6750V] [1.6625V] [1.6500V] [1.6375V] [1.6250V] [1.6125V] [1.6000V] [1.5875V] [1.5750V] [1.5625V] [1.5500V] [1.5375V] [1.5250V] [1.5125V] [1.5000V] [1.4875V] [1.4750V] [1.4625V] [1.4500V] [1.4375V] [1.4250V] [1.4125V] [1.4000V] [1.3875V] [1.3750V] [1.3625V] [1.3500V] [1.3375V] [1.3250V] [1.3125V] [1.3000V] [1.2875V] [1.2750V] [1.2625V] [1.2500V] [1.2375V] [1.2250V] [1.2125V] [1.2000V] Refer to the CPU documentation before setting the CPU Vcore voltage. Setting a high Vcore voltage may damage the CPU!
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] FSB Termination Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the front side bus termination voltage. Configuration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.30V] [1.40V] [1.50V] Setting a high FSB termination voltage may damage the chipset and CPU. MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] MCH Chipset Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the chipset voltage of the memory controller hub (MCH). Configuration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.60V] [1.70V] [1.80V] Setting a high MCH chipset voltage may damage the chipset! ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] ICH Chipset Voltage [Auto] Allows you to select the chipset voltage of the I/O controller hub (ICH). Configuration options: [Auto] [1.05V] [1.20V] Setting a high ICH chipset voltage may damage the chipset! The following item appears only when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [Overclock Profile]. Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Overclock Options [Overclock 5%] Allows you to overclock the CPU speed through the available preset values. Configuration options: [Overclock 5%] [FSB888/DDR2-667] [Overclock 10%] [FSB960/DDR2-800] [Overclock 15%] [FSB1200/DDR2-800] [Overclock 20%] [FSB1280/DDR2-800] [Overclock 30%] [FSB1333/DDR2-667] [FSB1333/DDR2-834] The following item appears only when the AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking item is set to [AI NOS]. NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] NOS Mode [Auto] Sets the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Select either of the following configuration options: Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto - loads the optimum sensitivity and overclocking percentage setting. Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual - allows you to manually set overclocking configurations.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status This menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port. POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable LAN cable check during POST. When enabled, the menu reports the cable faults or shorts, and displays the point (length) where the fault or short is detected. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] This function is available only on Marvell LAN (LAN2). POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] LAN Cable Status Pair Status Length 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A Check LAN cable during POST. The following items appear if the NOS Mode NOS Mode NOS Mode NOS Mode NOS Mode item is set to [Manual] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Sensitivity [Sensitive] Allows you to choose the sensitivity of the AI NOS sensor. Setting this item to [Sensitive] will trigger AI NOS with less CPU loading. Configuration options: [Normal] [Sensitive] [Less-Sensitive] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Target Frequency [Overclock XX%] Allows you to set the maximum overclock percentage for the selected NOS Mode. Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 7%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [Overclock 30%] Selecting a very high frequency may cause the system to become unstable. If this happens, revert to the default setting. 1-2 N/A 3-6 N/A 4-5 N/A 7-8 N/A
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. The Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version Module Version and USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled USB Devices Enabled items show the auto-detected values. If no USB device is detected, the item shows None None None None None . USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] USB Function [Enabled] Enables or disables the USB host controllers. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Legacy USB Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] The following items appear only when the USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller USB 2.0 Controller i s s e t to [Enabled]. USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller mode to HiSpeed (480 Mbps) or FullSpeed (12 Mbps). Configuration options: [HiSpeed ] [FullSpeed ] USB Configuration Module Version - 2.24.0-F.4 USB Devices Enabled: None USB Function [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Auto] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration Enables USB host controllers.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] BIOS EHCI Hand-off [Enabled] Allows you to enable support for operating systems without an EHCI hand-off feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Configuration options: [10 Sec] [20 Sec] [30 Sec] [40 Sec] Emulation Type [Floppy] Sets the emulation type for the USB device. When set to Auto, USB devices less than 530 MB will be emulated as Floppy and the remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex. ZIP drive) Configuration options: [Auto] [Floppy] [Forced FDD] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] USB Mass Storage Device Configuration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Device #1 ASUS Ai Flash-5 Emulation Type [Floppy] Device #1 ASUS Ai Flash-5 Emulation Type [Auto] If Auto, USB devices less than 530MB will be emulated as Floppy and remaining as hard drive. Forced FDD option can be used to force a HDD formatted drive to boot as FDD (Ex.ZIP drive)
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Configure Advanced CPU settings Manufacturer: Intel Brand String: Genuine Intel(R) CPU 2.80GHz Frequency : 2800 MHz FSB Speed : 800 MHz Cache L1 : 32 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB Cache L3 : 0 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:08, Min:06) Ratio Actual Value : 8 Ratio CMOS Setting: [8] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Virtulization Technology [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Sets the ratio between CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency. NOTE: If an invalid ratio is set in CMOS then actual and setpoint values may differ. Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Ratio CMOS Setting [8] Sets the ratio between the CPU core clock and the Front Side Bus frequency. The BIOS auto-detects the default value of this item. Use the < > < > < > < > < > o r <-> <-> <-> <-> < - > keys to adjust the values. You can only adjust the Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS Ratio CMOS i f you installed an unlocked CPU. Refer to the CPU documentation for details. Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection Technology. Setting this item to [Enabled] forces the XD feature flag to always return to zero (0). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Allows you to disable or set to auto the Enhanced C1 Control function. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the virtualization technology. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. Scroll down the screen to display the following item. The following item appears only when you installed an Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPU that supports the Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST). Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Disabled] Allows you to use the Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology. When set to [Automatic], you can adjust the system power settings in the operating system to use the EIST feature. Set this item to [Disabled] if you do not want to use the EIST. Configuration options: [Minimum Speed] [Automatic] [Disabled] ⢠Refer to the Appendix for details on how to use the EIST feature. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS file that supports EIST. CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Allows you to disable or set to auto the CPU Internal Thermal Control function. When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically checks the CPUâs capability to enable TM or TM2 support. In TM mode, the CPU power consumption is reduced. In TM2 mode, the CPU core and VID are reduced. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the hardward prefetcher function. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enabled the Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch function. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] When this item is enabled, the DRAM timing parameters are set according to the DRAM SPD (Serial Presence Detect). When disabled, you can manually set the DRAM timing parameters through the DRAM sub-items. The following sub-items appear when this item is Disabled. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAM CAS# Latency [5 Clocks] Controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time the data actually becomes available. Configuration options: [6 Clocks] [5 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [3 Clocks] DRAM RAS# Precharge [4 Clocks] Controls the idle clocks after issuing a precharge command to the DDR SDRAM. Configuration options: [2 Clocks] ~ [6 Clocks] DRAM RAS# to CAS# Delay [4 Clocks] Controls the latency between the DDR SDRAM active command and the read/write command. Configuration options: [2 Clocks] ~ [6 Clocks] DRAM RAS# Activate to Precharge Delay [15 Clocks] Configuration options: [4 Clocks] ~ [18 Clocks] DRAM Write Recovery Time [4 Clocks] Configuration options: [2 Clocks] ~ [6 Clocks] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] Allows you to disable or set to [Auto] the DRAM ECC mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset The Chipset menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Advanced Chipset Settings Configure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] DRAM ECC Mode [Disabled] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] Enable or Disable Configure DRAM Timing by SPD
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Hyper Path 3 [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Hyper Path 3 feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] DRAM Throttling Threshold [Auto] Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Boot Graphic Adapter Priority [PCI Express/PCI] Allows selection of the graphics controller to use as primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI Express/PCI] [PCI/PCI Express] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] PEG Buffer Length [Auto] Sets the length of the PCI Express graphics card buffer. Configuration options: [Auto] [Long] [Short] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Link Latency [Auto] Sets the PCI Express graphics card link latency. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] PEG Root Control [Auto] Allows you to enable, disable, or set to automatic the PCI Express graphics card root control. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] Sets the PCI Express graphics link mode. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the motherboard to automatically adjust the PCI Express graphics link mode to the correct frequency based on the system configuration. Four additional settings are available for overclocking the PEG Link Mode. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Slot Power [Auto] Sets the PCI Express graphics card slot power. Configuration options: [Auto] [Light] [Normal] [Heavy] [Heavier] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] High Priority Port Select [Disabled] Allows you to disable or select the high priority port. The specified high priority port will be given arbitration above VC0 but below VC1. Configuration options: [Disabled] [PCI Express Port 1] [PCI Express Port 5] [PCI Express Port 6]
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] HD Audio Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the high-definition audio CODEC. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI-E Lan. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PCI-E LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI-E boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Lan. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] PCI LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Marvell ® 88SE6141 Serial ATA controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Marvell SATA BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Marvell ® 88SE6141 Serial ATA boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Configure Win627EHG Super IO Chipset HD Audio Controller [Enabled ] PCI-E Lan [Enabled] PCI-E LAN PCI LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] PCI Lan [Enabled] PCI LAN BOOTROM [Disabled] Marvell SATA Controller [Enabled] Marvell SATA BOOTROM [Disabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Enable or disable High Definition Audio Controller.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard IEEE 1394a controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Parallel Port Address [378] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378] [278] [3BC] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Appears only when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [ECP]. This item allows you to set the Parallel Port ECP DMA. Configuration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] EPP Version [1.9] Appears only when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [EPP]. This item allows the BIOS to select the parallel port EPP version. Configuration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] Parallel Port IRQ [IRQ7] Allows you to select the parallel port IRQ. Configuration options: [IRQ5] [IRQ7]
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] IRQ-3 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. Configuration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the palette snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. NO: Lets the BIOS configue all the devices in the system. YES: Lets the operating system configure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Suspend Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Setting this item to [Auto] allows the OS to select the ACPI state. Configuration options: [S1 (POS) only] [S3 only] [Auto] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] Determines whether to invoke VGA BIOS POST on S3/STR resume. Configuration options: [No] [Yes ] 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] Allows you to add more tables for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) 2.0 specifications. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. Suspend Mode [Auto] Repost Video on S3 Resume [No] ACPI 2.0 Support [No] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 4.5.5 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration Power Button Mode [On/Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Go into On/Off or Suspend when Power button is pressed. Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Power Button Mode [On/Off] Allows the system to go into On/Off mode or suspend mode when the power button is pressed. Configuration options: [On/Off] [Suspend] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The succeeding items appear when the Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm Power On By RTC Alarm item is set to [Enabled]. RTC Alarm Date [XX] To set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [Everyday] [1] [2] [3]... ~ [31]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 RTC Alarm Hour To set the alarm hour, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [00] [1]... ~ [23] RTC Alarm Minute To set the alarm minute, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [00] [1]... ~ [59] RTC Alarm Second To set the alarm second, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Configuration options: [00] [1]... ~ [59] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] Allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the first try. Turning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is off causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By PCIE Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI Express device. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use specific keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-Esc] [Power Key] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 4.5.6 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor AI Quiet [Disabled] CPU Temperature [32.5ºC/90.5ºF] MB Temperature [36.0ºC/96.5ºF] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [3813 RPM] Q-Fan Control [Disabled] Chassis Fan1 [N/A] Chassis Fan2 [N/A] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [N/A] VCORE Voltage [ 1.320V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.345V] 5V Voltage [ 5.094V] 12V Voltage [11.880V] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] AI Quiet [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the AI Quiet feature, which automatically optimizes BIOS settings to minimize CPU FAN speed according to system loading. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] CPU Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] MB Temperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Disabled] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] CPU Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] or [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable CPU fan speed monitoring. Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Q-FAN Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Q-Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efficient system operation. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode CPU Q-Fan Mode and CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode CPU Fan Profile Mode items appear when you enable the ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control ASUS Q-FAN Control feature. Automatically optimize BIOS settings to minimize CPU FAN speed according to system loading.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] CPU Q-Fan Mode [PWM] Allows you to select the type of CPU fan cable connected to the CPU fan connector. Set to [PWM] when using a 4-pin CPU fan cable. Set to [DC] when using a 3-pin CPU fan cable. Configuration options: [PWM] [DC] Some CPU fans with a 4-pin cable do not comply with Intel ® âs PWM fan specification. When using this type of CPU fan, you can not reduce the CPU fan speed even if you set the CPU Q-Fan Mode to [PWM]. CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] CPU Fan Profile [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate CPU fan performance. When set to [Optimal], the CPU fan automatically adjusts depending on the CPU temperature. Set this item to [Silent] to minimize fan speed for quiet CPU fan operation, or [Performance] to achieve maximum CPU fan speed. Configuration options: [Optimal] [Performance Mode] [Silent] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] Chassis Fan1/2 or [N/A]/[Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the chassis fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the chassis, the specific field shows N/A. Select [Ignore] from the item options to disable chassis fan speed monitoring. Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Chassis Q-Fan1 Control [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Q-Fan feature that smartly adjusts the chassis fan speeds for more efficient system operation. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠The Chassis Q-Fan function is available only on CHA_FAN1. ⢠The Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode Chassis Fan Profile Mode item appears when you enable the Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control Chassis Q-Fan Control feature. Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Chassis Fan Profile [Optimal] Allows you to set the appropriate performance level of the chassis Q-Fan. Configuration options: [Optimal] [Performance Mode] [Silent Mode] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] Power Fan Speed (RPM) [xxxxRPM] or [N/A]/ [Ignored] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the power fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the power fan connector, the specific field shows N/A. VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage VCORE Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators.
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security Specifies the Boot Device Priority sequence. A virtual floppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the first boot device. 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE ] ] ] ] ] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] [Hard Drive] [ATAPI CD-ROM] [Disabled] Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Boot Device [HDD: PM-ST330620A] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM:ATAPI CD-ROM] Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disable din the corresponding type menu.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st 1st ~ xxth Drive [1st FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE FLOPPY DRIVE ] ] ] ] ] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of removable devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] [USB:ASUS Ai Flash-5] [Disabled] Removable Drives 1st Drive [1st FLOPPY DRIVE] 2nd Drive [USB:ASUS Ai Flash-5] 3rd Drive [USB:ASUS Ai Flash-5] Specifies the boot sequence from the available devices. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disable din the corresponding type menu. 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Wait For âF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Add On ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Sets the display mode for option ROM. Configuration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] Wait for âF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 Security Security Security Security Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disabled password. Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password Change Supervisor Password item, then press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. To clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Change Supervisor Password Password Password Password Password then press <Enter>. The message âPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section â2.6 Jumpersâ for information on how to erase the RTC RAM.
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Configuration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access No Access No Access No Access No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only View Only View Only View Only View Only allows access but does not allow change to any field. Limited Limited Limited Limited Limited allows changes only to selected fields, such as Date and Time. Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access Full Access allows viewing and changing all the fields in the Setup utility. Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed Installed Installed Installed Installed . To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Confirm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Clear User Password Password Check [Setup]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [Always] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] TCG/TPM SUPPORT [No] Enables or disables TPM/TCG (TPM1.1/1.2) support in BIOS. Configuration options: [Yes] [No]
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7 Tools menu The Tools menu items allow you to configure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit v02.58 (C)Copyright 1985-2005, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit EZ Flash 2 ASUS O.C. Profile 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 4.7.1 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a confirmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Yes] or [No], then press <Enter> to confirm your choice. Please see page 4-5, section 4.1.3 for details. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility V3.00 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: P5WDG2-WS Pro VER: 0204 DATE: 07/04/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\P5WDG2OC A: C: [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move Note WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR> FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC WIN98E <DIR>
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Save to Profile 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS file to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the file. Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Load from Profile 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the file. Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Start O.C. Profile Allows you to run the utility to save and load CMOS. Press <Enter> to run the utility. 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 4.7.2 ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile ASUS O.C. Profile O.C. PROFILE Configuration O.C. Profile 1 Status: Not Installed O.C. Profile 2 Status: Not Installed Save to Profile 1 Load from Profile 1 Save to Profile 2 Load from Profile 2 Start O.C. Profile Save to Profile 1 BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Screen Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit ASUSTek O.C. Profile Utility B311 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: P5WDG2 WS Pro VER: 0204.rom DATE: 07/03/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\P5WDG2OC A: C: WIN98SE <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DOCUMEâ1 <DIR> PROGRAâ1 <DIR> SYSTEMâ1 <DIR> M2NPVVM <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> BOOTFONT.BIN 213830 2001-09-05 20:00:00 [Enter] Select [Y] Yes [N/Esc] No [Left/Right]: Switch Note CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit.
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup ⢠This function can supp ort devices such as USB flash disk, or floppy disk with FAT 32/16 format and single partition only. ⢠Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure!
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 4-47 If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Ok Ok Ok Ok Ok to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the computer is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select OK OK OK OK O K to save the changes and exit. 4.8 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items.
4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 4-48 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Ok Ok Ok Ok O k to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM.
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ......................................................... 5-11 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-29 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-41
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows ® 2000/2003 Server/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers D r i v e r s menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows ® 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows ® XP Service Pack1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for updates.
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers Launches the ASUS InstAll driver installation wizard. Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Intel Chipset Inf Update Program Installs the Intel ® Chipset INF Update Program. This driver enables Plug-n-Play INF support for the Intel ® chipset components on the motherboard. When installed to the target system, this driver provides the method for configuring the chipset components. You can install this utility using three different modes: interactive, silent or unattended preload. Installing the driver in interactive mode requires user input during installation. User input is not required when installing the driver in silent or unattended preload modes. Refer to the online help or readme file that came with the utility for details. SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver SoundMAX ADI1988B Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX ® ADI1988B audio driver and application. Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Marvell 61xx SATA controller Driver Installs the Marvell ® 61xx SATA controller driver.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell ® Yukon ⢠Gigabit Ethernet driver. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver. 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities menu displays the software applications and utilities that the motherboard supports. Click on an item to install. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities Launches the ASUS InstAll utilities installation wizard. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application The Virtual Cable Tester (VCT) is a cable diagnostic application that analyzes and reports LAN cable faults and shorts. ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows ® environment. ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility that allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windows ® environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear ASUS AI Gear Installs the ASUS AI Gear application. ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap ASUS AI Nap Installs the ASUS AI Nap application. ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your idle screen by installing the ASUS screen saver. ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 The Adobe Acrobat ® Reader V7.0 is for opening, viewing, and printing documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Microsoft DirectX 9.0c The Microsoft DirectX ® 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sounds. DirectX ® improves the multimedia features of your computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Click to open the next screen. Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus utility scans, identifies, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information. Click to view the previous screen.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu Make Disk menu The Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk menu allows you to make RAID/Serial ATA driver disks. Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Make Intel ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Allows you to create an ICH7 RAID driver disk for a 32/64-bit system. Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA XP Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2000 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 2003 Driver Allows you to create a Marvell ® 61xx SATA RAID driver disk for Windows ® XP/2000/2003. Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Marvell 61xx SATA 64bit Driver Allows you to create a Marvell ® 61xx SATA RAID driver disk for a 64-bit system.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 5.2.6 Contact information Contact information Contact information Contact information Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu Manuals menu The Manuals Manuals Manuals Manuals Manuals menu contains the user manuals for third party components and applications. Most user manual files are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe Acrobat Reader application from the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab before opening a user manual file.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 5.2.7 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen provide additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard. Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the contents of the support CD in graphical format.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Technical Support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support. Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD in text format.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On-Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section â5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section â4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next N e x t. The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AFUDOS utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section â4.1.4 AFUDOS utility.â ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo3. See section â4.6.2 Boot Settings Configuration.â ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 3. Click the Run Run Run Run R u n button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 AI NET2 The AI NET2 features the Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT). VCT is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 64 ns at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell ® Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows ® desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester Virtual Cable Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows ® XP or Windows ® 2000 operating systems. ⢠The VCT utility only tests Ethernet cables connected to Gigabit LAN port(s). ⢠The Run Run Run Run R u n button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the status of the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the item Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable Post Check LAN Cable i n t h e BIOS Setup. ⢠AI NET2 is available only on LAN2.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 AI Gear AI Gear AI Gear AI Gear AI Gear ASUS AI Gear provides four system performance options that allows you to select the best performance setting for your computing needs. This easy- to-use utility adjusts the processor frequency and VCore voltage to minimize system noise and power consumption. After installing AI Gear from the bundled support CD, you can launch AI Gear by double-clicking the AI Gear icon on your Windows OS taskbar. Shift the gear to the performance setting that you like. Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance High High High High High Performance Performance Performance Performance Performance Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Power Saving Power Saving Power Saving Power Saving Power Saving
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 You can also set the AI Gear modes by clicking the AI Gear icon on the Windows taskbar. ⢠When AI Gear is enabled, the system will automatically optimize the CPU and chassis fan speed according to the system loading. ⢠The AI Booster (AI NOS) and AI Gear functions cannot be enabled simutaneously.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 5.3.4 AI Nap AI Nap AI Nap AI Nap AI Nap This feature allows you to minimize the power consumption of your computer whenever you are away. Enable this feature for minimum power consumption and a more quiet system operation. After installing AI Nap from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Nap icon on the Windows OS taskbar. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes o n the confirmation screen. To exit AI Nap mode, press the system power or mouse button then click Yes Yes Yes Yes Y e s on the confirmation screen.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 5.3.5 AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster The ASUS Ai Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows ® environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing AI Booster from the bundled support CD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Booster icon on the Windows ® OS taskbar. The options on the task bar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/Memory/PCI-E frequency manually, or create and apply your personal overclocking configurations.
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.6 5.3.6 5.3.6 5.3.6 5.3.6 ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computerâs vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility, you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II Installing PC Probe II To install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the support CD to the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the setup.exe file from the ASUS PC Probe II folder. Double-click the setup.exe file to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II ASUS PC Probe II . 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II Launching PC Probe II You can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows ® desktop. To launch the PC Probe II from the Windows ® desktop, click Start Start Start Start Start > All All All All All Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.00.43 . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows ® taskbar. Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility configuration. By default, the main window displays the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section. You can close or restore the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Click to close the Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel Preference panel
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Button Button Button Button Button Function Function Function Function Function Opens the Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration window Opens the Report Report Report Report Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory, CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show. When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences Preferences You can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window. Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate.
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computerâs desktop. Changing the monitor panels position To change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK OK OK OK O K when finished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. You can now move or reposition the panel independently. Adjusting the sensor threshold value You can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. You can also adjust the threshold values using the Config Config Config Config Config window. You cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to increase increase increase increase increase value value value value value Click to Click to Click to Click to Click to decrease decrease decrease decrease decrease value value value value value
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below. Large display Large display Large display Large display Large display Small display Small display Small display Small display Small display WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser. This browser displays various Windows ® management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information WMI Information to display the available information. You can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser. DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser. This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information DMI Information t o display the available information.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser. This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information PCI Information item to display available information. Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage The Usage Usage Usage Usage Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser. CPU usage The CPU CPU CPU CPU C P U tab displays real-time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available physical memory. Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Configuring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The Config Config Config Config Config window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold and Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference . The Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold Sensor/Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference Preference Preference Preference Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default Loads the default threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values threshold values for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor for each sensor Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your Applies your changes changes changes changes changes Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or Cancels or ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your ignores your changes changes changes changes changes Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved Loads your saved configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your Saves your configuration configuration configuration configuration configuration
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.7 5.3.7 5.3.7 5.3.7 5.3.7 SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX SoundMAX ® ® ® ® ® High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility High Definition Audio utility The ADI AD1988B High Definition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX ® audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988B Audio Driver from the support CD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX ® audio utility. ⢠You must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX ® requires Microsoft ® Windows ® 2000/XP or later version. Make sure that one of these operating systems is installed before installing SoundMAX ® . ⢠Jack Retasking function works on High Definition front panel audio ports only. If the SoundMAX ® audio utility is correctly installed, you will find the SoundMAX ® icon on the taskbar.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundMAX ® icon to display the SoundMAX ® Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX ® control panel, you can easily configure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High Definition Audio.
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration Jack configuration This screen helps you configure your computerâs audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the Test Test Test Test Test button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. You will be asked to read pre-written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options General options General options General options General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. DTS. DTS. DTS. DTS. DTS. This feature is consists of two elements: DTS interactive and DTS NEO:PC. DTS interactive re-encodes your stereo or multi-channel sound into a DTS audio signal and send it out from your PC to any DTS enabled system. While DTS NEO:PC turns your stereo audio such as MP3, WMA, CD, and other sound format into a convincing multi-channel audio experience.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Microphone options Click the Listening Environment tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Enhanced Microphone Features Voice recording Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. You can enable it for a better recording quality. Directional Array Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. You can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Speaker Phone Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. You can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. The directional Array and Speaker Phone function only when working with the ASUS Array Mic.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 5-29 If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section â5.6 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5.4 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge RAID controllers that allow you to configure Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 10 i s data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10 configuration you get all the benefits of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 configurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 configuration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity. The RAID 5 configuration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® Matrix Storage Matrix Storage Matrix Storage Matrix Storage Matrix Storage . The Intel ® Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH7R chip allows you to create a RAID 0 and a RAID 1 set using only two identical hard disk drives. The Intel ® Matrix Storage technology creates two partitions on each hard disk drive to create a virtual RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets. This technology also allows you to change the hard disk drive partition size without losing any data.
5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations RAID configurations This motherboard supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10 (0 1), and Intel ® Matrix Storage configurations for Serial ATA hard disks drives through the Intel ® ICH7R Southbridge chip. Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). To do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST. 2. Go to the Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu Main Menu , select IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration IDE Configuration , then press <Enter>. 3. Select the item Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As , then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. 4. Select RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID from the Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As Configure SATA As item options, then press <Enter>. 5. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. Refer to the system or the motherboard user guide for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks Installing Serial ATA hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 5-31 Intel Intel Intel Intel Intel ® ® ® ® ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0 1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial ATA hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge. To enter the Intel ® Application Accelerator RAID Option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial ATA hard disk drives. 2. Turn on the system. 3. During POST, press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: None defined. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) To create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) RAID 0(Stripe) , then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks Disks Disks Disks Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to configure as RAID. This pop-up screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 5-33 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: W e recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu.
5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 5-34 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) RAID 1(Mirror) , then press <Enter>. 4. When the Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 5. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A XX.X GB Create Volume WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 6. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create Volume menu.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 5-35 Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) Creating a RAID 10 set (RAID 0 1) To create a RAID 10 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume10 RAID10(RAID0 1) Select Disks 128KB XXX.X GB Create Volume 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) RAID 10(RAID0 1) , then press <Enter>. 4. When the Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 10 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: W e recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 5. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want then press <Enter> when the Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select
5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 5-36 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) Creating a RAID 5 set (parity) To create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume 1. Create RAID Volume , then press <Enter>. This screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] Enter a string between 1 and 16 characters in length that can be used to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume5 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 64KB 0.0 GB Create Volume WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 7. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [Enter]-Select 6. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 5 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) RAID 5(Parity) , then press <Enter>.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 5-37 4. The Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to configure as RAID. The following pop-up screen appears. [ SELECT DISKS ] [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the drive you want to set, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size Stripe Size item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 5 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 64 KB. TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: W e recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter> when the Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity item is highlighted. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu.
5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 5-38 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Deleting a RAID set Take caution when deleting a RAID set. You will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. To delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume , then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM v5.0.0.1032 ICH7R wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAIDX(xxxxx) X XXX.XGB Normal Yes [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will destroy the volume data on the drive(s) and cause any member disks to become available as non-RAID disks. WARNING: EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Select [<ESC>]-Previous Menu [<Del>]-Delete Volume 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete Volume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! Are you sure you want to delete volume âVolumeXâ? (Y/N): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ]
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 5-39 Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel Exiting the Intel ® ® ® ® ® Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility Matrix Storage Manager utility To exit the utility: 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Exit 4. Exit 4. Exit 4. Exit 4. Exit , then press <Enter>. This window appears. Are you sure you want to exit? (Y/N): [ CONFIRM EXIT ] 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Resetting Disks to Non-RAID Take caution before you reset a RAID volume HDD to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume HDD deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. To reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID , then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A confirmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Resetting RAID data will remove internal RAID structures from the selected RAID disks. By removing these structures, the drive will revert back to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ ââ ââ ââ ââ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 5-40 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Resetting a RAID set hard disks drive Take caution before you reset a RAID volume HDD to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume HDD deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. To reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] [3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID] , then press <Enter> to display the following screen. Resetting RAID data will remove the internal RAID structures from the selected RAID disks. By removing these structures the drive will revert back to a Non-RAID disk. [ RESET RAID DATA ] WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.0GB Member Disk 1 STXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.0GB Member Disk Select the disk that should be reset [ ]-Previous/Next [ ]-Previous/Next [Space]-Selects [Space]-Selects [Enter]-Selection Complete [Enter]-Selection Complete 2. Use the up or down arrow keys to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A confirmation window appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive; otherwise, press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5. Follow steps 2 to 4 to select and reset other RAID set drives.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5-41 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows ® 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. You can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support CD) or in Windows ® environment. To create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the first boot priority to boot from the support CD. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer. 5. Press any key when prompted to boot from CD. The Makedisk menu appears. 6. Place a blank, high-density floppy disk to the floppy disk drive, then press the corresponding number to format the floppy disk. The following message displays on screen. Loading FreeDOS FAT KERNEL GO! Press any key to boot from CDROM... 1) Make ICH7R 32-bit RAID driver disk 2) Make ICH7R 64-bit RAID driver disk 3) Make Marvell 88SE6140 SATA2 RAID driver disk 4) Format floppy disk 5) FreeDOS command prompt Please choose 1 ~ 6 7. Press <Enter> to format the floppy disk. 8. When finished, select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create by typing the number preceding the option, then press <Enter>. The following message appears on screen. Insert new diskette for drive B:\ and press ENTER when ready... Please insert your formatted floppy to drive B:\ Press a key to continue. The screens shown in this section are for reference only, and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 5-42 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 3. Insert a formatted high-density floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. 4. Follow screen instructions to complete the process. 5. After creating a RAID driver disk, eject the floppy disk, then write-protect it to prevent computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. Install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. During installation, the computer prompts you to press the F6 F6 F6 F6 F 6 key if you are installing a third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6>, then insert the RAID driver disk to the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow screen instructions to install the RAID drivers. To create a RAID driver disk in Windows ® environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Click the Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk Make Disk menu tab, then select the RAID driver disk you wish to create: ⢠Click Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 32 bit RAID Driver Disk t o create an Intel ® ICH7R RAID driver disk for a 32-bit system. ⢠Click Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk Make ICH7R 64 bit RAID Driver Disk t o create an Intel ® ICH7R RAID driver disk for a 64-bit system. ⢠Click Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk Make Marvell 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID Driver Disk t o create a Marvell ® 88SE6141 SATA2 RAID driver disk for a 32-bit system. Or Or Or Or Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility. 9. The RAID drivers are copied to the floppy disk. After creating a RAID driver disk, eject the floppy disk, then write-protect it to prevent computer virus infection. 10. Press any key to return to the Makedisk menu. Refer to section â5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details.
A CPU features The Appendix describes the CPU features and technologies that the motherboard supports.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional Chapter summary A A.1 Intel ® EM64T ........................................................................ A-1 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) .................... A-1 A.3 Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology ...................................... A-3
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional A.1 Intel ® EM64T The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPUs with the Intel ® EM64T (Extended Memory 64 Technology). The Intel ® EM64T feature allows your computer to run on 64-bit operating systems and access larger amounts of system memory for faster and more efficient computing. The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel ® LGA 775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. Using the Intel Using the Intel Using the Intel Using the Intel Using the Intel ® ® ® ® ® EM64T feature EM64T feature EM64T feature EM64T feature EM64T feature To use the Intel ® EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPU that supports the Intel ® EM64T. 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows ® XP Professional x64 Edition or Windows ® Server 2003 x64 Edition). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any. Refer to the expansion card or add-on device(s) documentation, or visit the related website, to verify if the card/device supports a 64-bit system. A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) The Enhanced Intel SpeedStep ® Technology (EIST) intelligently manages the CPU resources by automatically adjusting the CPU voltage and core frequency depending on the CPU loading and system speed/power requirement. System requirements System requirements System requirements System requirements System requirements ⢠Intel ® Pentium ® 4 processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS file with EIST support ⢠Operating system with EIST support (Windows ® XP SP2/Windows ® Server 2003 SP1/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions) Using the EIST Using the EIST Using the EIST Using the EIST Using the EIST To use the EIST feature: 1. Turn on the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup. 2. Go to the Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu Advanced Menu , highlight CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration , then press <Enter>. 3. Scroll down the options, select the Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology Technology Technology Technology Technology item, then press <Enter>. Refer to the BIOS screen on the next page.
A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-2 Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features 4. Select Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic (default) from the options, then press <Enter>. Set this item to [Maximum] or [Disabled] if you do not want to use the EIST feature. The CPU constantly operates at a lower internal frequency if you set this item to [Minimum]. 5. Press <F10> to save your changes and exit the BIOS setup. 6. After the computer restarts, right click on a blank space on the desktop, then select Properties Properties Properties Properties Properties from the pop-up menu. 7. When the Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties window appears, click the Screen Screen Screen Screen Screen Saver Saver Saver Saver Saver tab. 8. Click the Power Power Power Power Power button on the Monitor power section to open the Power Power Power Power Power Options Properties Options Properties Options Properties Options Properties Options Properties window. 9 . On the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes section, click , then select any option except Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop Home/Office Desktop o r Always On Always On Always On Always On Always On . 10. Click Apply Apply Apply Apply Apply , then click OK OK OK OK OK . 11. Close the Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties Display Properties window. After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal frequency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Configure Advanced CPU settings Frequency : 2800 MHz FSB Speed : 800 MHz Cache L1 : 32 KB Cache L2 : 2048 KB Cache L3 : 0 KB Ratio Status: Unlocked (Max:14, Min:14) Ratio Actual Value : 14 Ratio CMOS Setting: [ 28] VID CMOS Setting: [ 62] Microcode Updation [Enabled] Max CPUID Value Limit: [Disabled] Execute Disable Function [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Hyper Threading Technology [Enabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology [Automatic] Maximum: CPU speed is set to maximum. Minimum: CPU speed is set to minimum. Automatic: CPU speed is controlled by the operating system. Disabled: Default CPU speed. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS file that supports EM64T and EIST. You can download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS website (www.asus.com/support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS file. ⢠The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operating system. ⢠Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EM64T and EIST features. ⢠Visit www.microsoft.com for more information on Windows ® 64-bit OS.
ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional ASUS P5WDG2 WS Professional A.3 Intel ® Hyper-Threading Technology ⢠The motherboard supports Intel ® Pentium ® 4 LGA775 processors with Hyper-Threading Technology. ⢠Hyper-Threading Technology is supported under Windows ® XP/2003 Server and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only. Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠Installing Windows ® XP Service Pack 1 or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading Technology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading Technology, visit www.intel.com/info/hyperthreading. Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology Using the Hyper-Threading Technology To use the Hyper-Threading Technology: 1. Install an Intel ® Pentium ® 4 CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup. Under the Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Menu Menu Menu Menu M e n u, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology Hyper-Threading Technology i s set to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See page 4-26 for details. The BIOS item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading Technology. 3. Restart the computer.
A-4 A-4 A-4 A-4 A-4 Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features Appendix: CPU features